Filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2)
File No. 333-250189
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(to Prospectus dated November 19, 2020)
$200,000,000
GOLDMAN SACHS BDC, INC.
Common Stock
We have entered into separate equity distribution agreements (the
“equity distribution agreements”) with each of Truist Securities,
Inc. and SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc. (each, a “sales
agent”) relating to the offer and sale of shares of our common
stock, par value $0.001 per share, pursuant to this prospectus
supplement and the accompanying prospectus. In accordance with the
terms of the equity distribution agreements, we may from time to
time offer and sell shares of our common stock having an aggregate
offering price of up to $200,000,000 through the sales agents.
We are an externally managed specialty finance company that is
a non-diversified, closed-end, management
investment company that has elected to be regulated as a business
development company (a “BDC”) under the Investment Company Act of
1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”). We are
focused on lending to “middle-market companies,” a term we
generally use to refer to companies with between $5 million
and $200 million of annual earnings before interest expense,
income tax expense, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”)
excluding certain one-time, and non-recurring items
that are outside the operations of these companies. Our investment
objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent,
capital appreciation primarily through direct originations of
secured debt, including first lien, unitranche, including last out
portions of such loans, second lien debt, and unsecured debt,
including mezzanine debt, as well as through select equity
investments.
We are managed by an investment adviser, Goldman Sachs Asset
Management, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“GSAM” or our
“Investment Adviser”), an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of The
Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (“GS Group Inc.”). GS Group Inc.,
together with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (including its
predecessors, “GS & Co.”), GSAM and its other subsidiaries
and affiliates, are collectively referred to herein as “Goldman
Sachs.”
All of the shares of common stock offered by this prospectus
supplement are being sold by us. Our common stock is traded on the
New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “GSBD.”
On May 25, 2022, the last reported closing price of our common
stock on the NYSE was $17.71 per share. The net asset value (“NAV”)
per share of our common stock at March 31, 2022 (the last date
prior to the date of this prospectus supplement on which we
determined NAV) was $15.80.
Sales of shares of our common stock, if any, under this prospectus
supplement and the accompanying prospectus may be made in
transactions that are deemed to be an “at the market offering” as
defined in Rule 415(a)(4) under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”), including without limitation sales
made directly on or through the NYSE, sales made to or through
market makers and sales made through any other existing trading
market or electronic communications network, and by any other
method permitted by law, including but not limited to privately
negotiated transactions, which may include block trades, as we and
the sales agents may agree. None of the sales agents are required
to sell any specific number or dollar amount of shares of our
common stock but, if and when instructed by us, will make all sales
using commercially reasonable efforts consistent with their normal
trading and sales practices on mutually agreed terms between the
sales agents and us.
Each of the sales agents will be entitled to compensation of up to
1.00% of the gross sales price for any shares of common stock sold
through it as a sales agent under the equity distribution
agreements, as further described herein under the caption “Plan of
Distribution (Conflicts of Interest).” In connection with the sale
of shares of common stock on our behalf, each sales agent may be
deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities
Act, and the compensation of each sales agent may be deemed to be
underwriting commissions or discounts.
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk and
is highly speculative. Before investing in our common stock, you
should read the discussion of the material risks of investing in
our securities in “Risk Factors” beginning on
page S-13 of this prospectus supplement and page 15 of the
accompanying prospectus.
This prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus contain
important information you should know before investing in our
common stock. You should carefully read this prospectus supplement,
the accompanying prospectus, and any information incorporated by
reference into each, before investing in our common stock and keep
them for future reference. We file annual, quarterly and current
reports, proxy statements and other information about us with the
Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). You may obtain this
information by written or oral request and free of charge by
contacting Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. at 200 West Street, New York,
New York 10282, Attention: AI Shareholder Services, on our website
at www.goldmansachsbdc.com, or by calling collect at (212) 902-0300. Information
contained on our website is not incorporated by reference into this
prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus, and you
should not consider that information to be a part of this
prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. The SEC also
maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains this
information.
The securities in which we invest are generally not rated by any
rating agency, and if they were rated, they would be below
investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors
Service and lower than “BBB-” by Fitch Ratings
or Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”)). These
securities, which may be referred to as “junk bonds,” “high yield
bonds” or “leveraged loans,” have predominantly speculative
characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay
interest and repay principal.
Neither the SEC, any state securities commission nor any other
regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or
determined if this prospectus supplement or the accompanying
prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the
contrary is a criminal offense.
|
|
|
Truist Securities |
|
SMBC Nikko |
The date of this prospectus supplement is May 26,
2022.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
PROSPECTUS
S-i
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
This document is in two parts. The first part is this prospectus
supplement, which describes the terms of this offering of our
common stock and also adds to and updates the information contained
in the accompanying prospectus and the documents incorporated by
reference into this prospectus supplement and the accompanying
prospectus. The second part is the accompanying prospectus, which
provides more general information about us and related matters. To
the extent the information contained in this prospectus supplement
differs from the information contained in the accompanying
prospectus or any document filed with the SEC prior to the date of
this prospectus supplement and incorporated herein by reference,
the information in this prospectus supplement shall control.
Generally, when we refer to this “prospectus,” we are referring to
both this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus
combined.
You should rely only on the information contained in or
incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement and the
accompanying prospectus. GS BDC has not, and the sales agents have
not, authorized any other person to provide you with different
information or to make any representations not contained in this
prospectus supplement or the accompanying prospectus. If anyone
provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should
not rely on it. GS BDC is not, and the sales agents are not, making
an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the
offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the
information appearing in this prospectus supplement or the
accompanying prospectus is accurate as of any date other than their
respective dates, or that any information incorporated by reference
herein or therein is accurate as of any date other than the date of
the document incorporated by reference, regardless of the time of
delivery of this prospectus supplement or sale of the common stock
offered hereby. GS BDC’s business, financial condition, results of
operations, cash flows and prospects may have changed since such
dates.
S-ii
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
Information included or incorporated by reference in this
prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus contain
forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and
uncertainties. You can identify these statements by the use of
forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “should,”
“expect,” “anticipate,” “project,” “target,” “estimate,” “intend,”
“continue” or “believe” or the negatives of, or other variations
on, these terms or comparable terminology. You should read
statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss
our plans, strategies, prospects and expectations concerning our
business, operating results, financial condition and other similar
matters. We believe that it is important to communicate our future
expectations to our investors. Our forward-looking statements
include information in this prospectus supplement and the
accompanying prospectus regarding general domestic and global
economic conditions, our future financing plans, our ability to
operate as a BDC and the expected performance of, and the yield on,
our portfolio companies. There may be events in the future,
however, that we are not able to predict accurately or control. The
factors listed under “Risk Factors” in our annual report on Form
10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2021 and quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 2022, which are incorporated by reference in this
prospectus supplement, as well as any cautionary language included
or incorporated by reference in this prospectus supplement and the
accompanying prospectus provide examples of risks, uncertainties
and events that may cause our actual results to differ materially
from the expectations we describe in our forward-looking
statements. The occurrence of the events described in these risk
factors and elsewhere in this prospectus supplement or the
accompanying prospectus could have a material adverse effect on our
business, results of operations and financial position. Any
forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus supplement
or the accompanying prospectus speaks only as of the respective
dates of this prospectus supplement and the accompanying
prospectus. Factors or events that could cause our actual results
to differ from our forward-looking statements may emerge from time
to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We
undertake no obligation to update or revise publicly any
forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information,
future events or otherwise, except as required by law. You are
advised to consult any additional disclosures that we may make
directly to you or through reports that we have filed or in the
future may file with the SEC, including our annual reports on
Form 10-K, registration
statements on Form N-2, quarterly reports
on Form 10-Q and
current reports on Form 8-K. Under
Section 27A(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Act and
Section 21E(b)(2)(B) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), the “safe harbor” provisions
of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 do not
apply to statements made in connection with any offering of
securities pursuant to this prospectus supplement, the accompanying
prospectus or in the periodic reports we file under the Exchange
Act because we are an investment company.
The following factors are among those that may cause actual results
to differ materially from our forward-looking statements:
|
• |
|
our future operating results;
|
|
• |
|
the impact of the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic or any future
pandemic or epidemic on our business and our portfolio companies,
including our and their ability to access capital and
liquidity;
|
|
• |
|
changes in political, economic or industry conditions, the interest
rate environment or conditions affecting the financial and capital
markets, including the effect of the COVID-19 pandemic or any future
pandemic or epidemic;
|
|
• |
|
uncertainty surrounding the financial and political stability of
the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union and
China, and the war between Russia and Ukraine;
|
|
• |
|
our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio
companies;
|
|
• |
|
the impact of investments that we expect to make;
|
|
• |
|
the impact of increased competition;
|
|
• |
|
our contractual arrangements and relationships with third
parties;
|
S-1
|
• |
|
the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its
impact on the industries in which we invest;
|
|
• |
|
the ability of our current and prospective portfolio companies to
achieve their objectives;
|
|
• |
|
the relative and absolute performance of our Investment
Adviser;
|
|
• |
|
the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our
investments;
|
|
• |
|
our ability to make distributions;
|
|
• |
|
the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital;
|
|
• |
|
the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our
portfolio companies;
|
|
• |
|
changes in interest rates, including the decommissioning of London
InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”);
|
|
• |
|
the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our
portfolio companies;
|
|
• |
|
the impact of future acquisitions and divestitures;
|
|
• |
|
the effect of changes in tax laws and regulations and
interpretations thereof;
|
|
• |
|
our ability to maintain our status as a BDC and a regulated
investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”);
|
|
• |
|
actual and potential conflicts of interest with GSAM and its
affiliates;
|
|
• |
|
general price and volume fluctuations in the stock market;
|
|
• |
|
the ability of our Investment Adviser to attract and retain highly
talented professionals;
|
|
• |
|
the impact on our business from new or amended legislation or
regulations;
|
|
• |
|
the availability of credit and/or our ability to access the equity
and capital markets;
|
|
• |
|
currency fluctuations, particularly to the extent that we receive
payments denominated in foreign currency rather than U.S.
dollars;
|
|
• |
|
the impact of inflation on our portfolio companies;
|
|
• |
|
the effect of global climate change on our portfolio companies;
|
|
• |
|
the impact of interruptions in the supply chain on our portfolio
companies; and
|
|
• |
|
the increased public scrutiny of and regulation related to
corporate social responsibility.
|
S-2
THE COMPANY
This summary highlights some of the information contained
elsewhere in or incorporated by reference into this prospectus
supplement and the accompanying prospectus. This summary is not
complete and may not contain all of the information that you should
consider before investing in our common stock. You should read this
entire document and the other information incorporated by reference
into this document and the other documents to which we refer herein
before investing.
Unless indicated otherwise in this prospectus supplement or the
context requires otherwise, the terms “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,”
or “GS BDC” refer to Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. together with its
consolidated subsidiaries, as the context may require. Goldman
Sachs advises clients in all markets and transactions and
purchases, sells, holds and recommends a broad array of investments
for its own accounts and for the accounts of clients and of its
personnel, through client accounts and the relationships and
products it sponsors, manages and advises (such other client
accounts managed by our Investment Adviser (collectively with GS
BDC, the “Accounts”).
Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.
We are a specialty finance company focused on lending to
middle-market companies. We are a closed-end management investment
company that has elected to be regulated as a BDC under the
Investment Company Act. In addition, we have elected to be treated,
and expect to qualify annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the
Code, commencing with our taxable year ended December 31,
2013. From our formation in 2012 through March 31, 2022, we
originated more than $6.29 billion in aggregate principal
amount of debt and equity investments prior to any subsequent exits
and repayments. We seek to generate current income and, to a lesser
extent, capital appreciation primarily through direct originations
of secured debt, including first lien, unitranche, including last-out portions
of such loans, and second lien debt, and unsecured debt, including
mezzanine debt, as well as through select equity investments.
“Unitranche” loans are first lien loans that extend deeper in a
borrower’s capital structure than traditional first lien debt and
may provide for a waterfall of cash flow priority between different
lenders in such loan. In a number of instances, we may find another
lender to provide the “first-out” portion of a
unitranche loan while we retain the “last-out” portion of
such loan, in which case, the “first-out” portion of
the loan would generally receive priority with respect to the
payment of principal, interest and any other amounts due thereunder
as compared to the “last-out” portion that
we would continue to hold. In exchange for taking greater risk of
loss, the “last-out” portion
generally earns a higher interest rate than the “first-out” portion of
the loan. We use the term “mezzanine” to refer to debt that ranks
senior in right of payment only to a borrower’s equity securities
and ranks junior in right of payment to all of such borrower’s
other indebtedness. We may make multiple investments in the same
portfolio company.
We may also originate “covenant-lite” loans, which are loans with
fewer financial maintenance covenants than other obligations, or no
financial maintenance covenants. Such covenant-lite loans may not
include terms that allow the lender to monitor the performance of
the borrower or to declare a default if certain criteria are
breached. These flexible covenants (or the absence of covenants)
could permit borrowers to experience a significant downturn in
their results of operations without triggering any default that
would permit holders of their debt (such as GS BDC) to accelerate
indebtedness or negotiate terms and pricing. In the event of
default, covenant-lite loans may recover less value than
traditional loans as the lender may not have an opportunity to
negotiate with the borrower prior to such default.
We invest primarily in U.S. middle-market companies, which we
believe are underserved by traditional providers of capital, such
as banks and the public debt markets. In describing our business,
we generally use the
S-3
term “middle-market companies” to refer to companies with between
$5 million and $200 million of annual earnings before
interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization
(“EBITDA”) excluding certain one-time and non-recurring items
that are outside the operations of these companies. However, we may
from time to time invest in larger or smaller companies. We
generate revenues primarily through receipt of interest income from
the investments we hold. In addition, we may generate income from
various loan origination and other fees, dividends on direct equity
investments and capital gains on the sales of investments. Fees
received from portfolio companies (directors’ fees, consulting
fees, administrative fees, tax advisory fees and other similar
compensation) are paid to us, unless, to the extent required by
applicable law or exemptive relief therefrom, we only receive our
allocable portion of such fees when invested in the same portfolio
company as another client account managed by our Investment Adviser
(including the Accounts). The companies in which we invest use our
capital for a variety of purposes, including to support organic
growth, fund acquisitions, make capital investments or refinance
indebtedness.
Investment Strategy
Our origination strategy focuses on leading the negotiation and
structuring of the loans or securities in which we invest and
holding the investments in our portfolio to maturity. In many cases
we are the sole investor in the loan or security in our portfolio.
Where there are multiple investors, we generally seek to control or
obtain significant influence over the rights of investors in the
loan or security. We generally seek to make investments that have
maturities between three and ten years and range in size between
$10 million and $75 million, although we may make larger
or smaller investments on occasion.
Investment Portfolio
As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, our portfolio
(excluding our investment in a money market fund, if any, managed
by an affiliate of GS Group Inc.) consisted of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of |
|
|
|
March 31,
2022 |
|
|
December 31,
2021 |
|
Investment
Type |
|
Amortized
Cost
(in millions) |
|
|
Fair
Value
(in millions) |
|
|
Percentage
of Total
Portfolio at
Fair Value |
|
|
Amortized
Cost
(in millions) |
|
|
Fair
Value
(in millions) |
|
|
Percentage
of Total
Portfolio at
Fair Value |
|
First Lien/Senior Secured Debt
|
|
$ |
2,992.70 |
|
|
$ |
3,004.54 |
|
|
|
86.4 |
% |
|
$ |
2,930.04 |
|
|
$ |
2,945.37 |
|
|
|
84.7 |
% |
First Lien/Last-Out
Unitranche
|
|
|
99.61 |
|
|
|
100.90 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
157.77 |
|
|
|
162.53 |
|
|
|
4.7 |
|
Second Lien/Senior Secured Debt
|
|
|
289.93 |
|
|
|
274.03 |
|
|
|
7.9 |
|
|
|
295.53 |
|
|
|
283.52 |
|
|
|
8.1 |
|
Unsecured Debt
|
|
|
2.60 |
|
|
|
1.89 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
|
|
2.56 |
|
|
|
1.73 |
|
|
|
0.0 |
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
48.26 |
|
|
|
52.48 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
|
|
48.26 |
|
|
|
52.66 |
|
|
|
1.5 |
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
79.26 |
|
|
|
40.67 |
|
|
|
1.2 |
|
|
|
71.78 |
|
|
|
30.78 |
|
|
|
0.9 |
|
Warrants
|
|
|
1.85 |
|
|
|
2.19 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
1.85 |
|
|
|
1.85 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Investments
|
|
$ |
3,514.21 |
|
|
$ |
3,476.70 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
3,507.79 |
|
|
$ |
3,478.44 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of March 31, 2022, our portfolio consisted of 334
investments in 124 portfolio companies across 38 different
industries. The largest industries in our portfolio, based on fair
value as of March 31, 2022, were software, health care
providers & services, health care technology and
diversified financial services, which represented 15.0%, 10.7%,
10.1% and 9.5%, respectively, of our portfolio at fair value. The
geographic composition of our portfolio, based on fair value as of
March 31, 2022, was United States 96.5%, Canada 3.0%, and
United Kingdom 0.5%.
As of December 31, 2021, our portfolio consisted of 314
investments in 121 portfolio companies across 38 different
industries. The largest industries in our portfolio, based on fair
value as of December 31, 2021, were
S-4
software, health care technology, health care providers &
services and diversified financial services, which represented
13.5%, 11.0%, 10.3% and 9.2%, respectively, of our portfolio at
fair value. The geographic composition of our portfolio, based on
fair value as of December 31, 2021, was United States 96.5%,
Canada 3.0%, and United Kingdom 0.5%.
As of March 31, 2022, the weighted average yield by asset type
of our total portfolio (excluding investments in money market
funds, if any), at amortized cost and fair value, was 7.9% and
8.0%, respectively, as compared to 7.9% and 8.0% as of
December 31, 2021.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of |
|
|
|
March 31,
2022 |
|
|
December 31,
2021 |
|
|
|
Amortized
Cost |
|
|
Fair
Value |
|
|
Amortized
Cost |
|
|
Fair
Value |
|
Weighted Average Yield (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Lien/Senior Secured Debt (2)
|
|
|
8.0 |
% |
|
|
8.0 |
% |
|
|
7.9 |
% |
|
|
7.9 |
% |
First Lien/Last-Out
Unitranche (2)(3)
|
|
|
9.2 |
|
|
|
9.3 |
|
|
|
9.5 |
|
|
|
9.1 |
|
Second Lien/Senior Secured Debt (2)
|
|
|
9.7 |
|
|
|
10.6 |
|
|
|
9.9 |
|
|
|
10.7 |
|
Unsecured Debt (2)
|
|
|
8.2 |
|
|
|
11.5 |
|
|
|
8.2 |
|
|
|
12.7 |
|
Preferred Stock (4)
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Common Stock (4)
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Warrants (4)
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Total Portfolio
|
|
|
7.9 |
% |
|
|
8.0 |
% |
|
|
7.9 |
% |
|
|
8.0 |
% |
(1) |
The weighted average yield at amortized cost of our
portfolio excludes the purchase discount and amortization related
to the Merger and does not represent the total return to our
stockholders.
|
(2) |
Computed based on (a) the annual actual interest
rate or yield earned plus amortization of fees and discounts on the
performing debt and other income-producing investments as of the
reporting date, divided by (b) the total investments
(including investments on non-accrual and non-income-producing investments) at
amortized cost or fair value. This calculation excludes exit fees
that are receivable upon repayment of certain loan investments.
|
(3) |
The calculation includes incremental yield earned on
the “last-out” portion of
the unitranche loan investments.
|
(4) |
Computed based on (a) the stated coupon rate, if
any, for each income-producing investment, divided by (b) the
total investments (including investments on non-accrual and non-income-producing investments) at
amortized cost or fair value.
|
The following table presents certain selected information regarding
our investment portfolio (excluding investments in money market
funds, if any) as of March 31, 2022:
|
|
|
|
|
March 31,
2022 |
Number of portfolio companies
|
|
124 |
Percentage of performing debt bearing a floating rate (1)
|
|
99.4% |
Percentage of performing debt bearing a fixed rate(1)(2)
|
|
0.6% |
Weighted average yield on debt and income producing investments, at
amortized cost (3)
|
|
8.5% |
Weighted average yield on debt and income producing investments, at
fair value (3)
|
|
8.5% |
Weighted average leverage (net debt/EBITDA)(4)
|
|
6.2x |
Weighted average interest coverage(4)
|
|
2.5x |
Median EBITDA (4)
|
|
$41.30 million |
S-5
(1) |
Measured on a fair value basis. Excludes investments,
if any, placed on non-accrual.
|
(2) |
Includes income-producing preferred stock
investments.
|
(3) |
Computed based on (a) the annual actual interest
rate or yield earned plus amortization of fees and discounts on the
performing debt and other income producing investments as of the
reporting date, divided by (b) the total performing debt and
other income producing investments (excluding investments on
non-accrual). Excludes the
purchase discount and amortization related to the Merger.
|
(4) |
For a particular portfolio company, we calculate the
level of contractual indebtedness net of cash (“net debt”) owed by
the portfolio company and compare that amount to measures of cash
flow available to service the net debt. To calculate net debt, we
include debt that is both senior and pari passu to the tranche of
debt owned by us but exclude debt that is legally and contractually
subordinated in ranking to the debt owned by us. We believe this
calculation method assists in describing the risk of our portfolio
investments, as it takes into consideration contractual rights of
repayment of the tranche of debt owned by us relative to other
senior and junior creditors of a portfolio company. We typically
calculate cash flow available for debt service at a portfolio
company by taking EBITDA for the trailing twelve-month period.
Weighted average net debt to EBITDA is weighted based on the fair
value of our debt investments and excluding investments where net
debt to EBITDA may not be the appropriate measure of credit risk,
such as cash collateralized loans and investments that are
underwritten and covenanted based on recurring revenue.
|
For a particular portfolio company, we also calculate the level of
contractual interest expense owed by the portfolio company, and
compare that amount to EBITDA (“interest coverage ratio”). We
believe this calculation method assists in describing the risk of
our portfolio investments, as it takes into consideration
contractual interest obligations of the portfolio company. Weighted
average interest coverage is weighted based on the fair value of
our performing debt investments, excluding investments where
interest coverage may not be the appropriate measure of credit
risk, such as cash collateralized loans and investments that are
underwritten and covenanted based on recurring revenue.
Median EBITDA is based on our debt investments, excluding
investments where net debt to EBITDA may not be the appropriate
measure of credit risk, such as cash collateralized loans and
investments that are underwritten and covenanted based on recurring
revenue.
Portfolio company statistics are derived from the most recently
available financial statements of each portfolio company as of the
reported end date. Statistics of the portfolio companies have not
been independently verified by us and may reflect a normalized or
adjusted amount. As of March 31, 2022, investments where net
debt to EBITDA may not be the appropriate measure of credit risk
represented 38.1% of total debt investments.
Corporate Structure
We were formed as a private fund in September 2012 and commenced
operations in November 2012, using seed capital contributions we
received from GS Group Inc. In March 2013, we elected to be treated
as a BDC. We have elected to be treated, and expect to qualify
annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with
our taxable year ended December 31, 2013. On March 18,
2015, our common stock began trading on the NYSE under the symbol
“GSBD.” As of March 31, 2022, GS Group Inc. owned 6.36% of our
common stock.
Our Investment Adviser
GSAM serves as our Investment Adviser and has been registered as an
investment adviser with the SEC since 1990. Subject to the
supervision of our board of directors (the “Board of Directors”), a
majority of which is made up of Independent Directors (as such term
is defined in our most recent annual report on Form 10-K) (including an independent
chairman), GSAM manages our day-to-day operations
and provides us with investment advisory and management services
and certain administrative services.
S-6
GSAM is an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of GS Group Inc. and
an affiliate of GS & Co. Founded in 1869, GS Group Inc. is
a publicly held financial holding company and a leading global
financial institution that provides investment banking, securities
and investment management services to a diversified client base,
including companies and high net worth individuals, among
others.
GSAM Private Credit
The Goldman Sachs Asset Management Private Credit (“GSAM Private
Credit”) team is dedicated to the direct origination investment
strategy of the Company and other Accounts that share a similar
investment strategy. Consisting of approximately 185 investment
professionals across 15 cities and four continents as of March
2022, the GSAM Private Credit team is responsible for sourcing,
diligencing, structuring, negotiating, monitoring, and ultimately
harvesting investment opportunities for the Company. In addition,
the Investment Adviser and Goldman Sachs have risk management,
legal, accounting, tax, information technology and compliance
personnel, among others, which provide services to the Company. We
benefit from the expertise provided by these personnel in our
operations.
The GSAM Private Credit team utilizes a bottom-up, fundamental research
approach to lending. GSAM Private Credit managing directors had an
average of 13 years of tenure at Goldman Sachs as of April 30,
2022.
Investment Committee
All investment decisions are made by the investment committee of
GSAM Private Credit that focuses on regulated fund investments (the
“BDC Investment Committee”). The BDC Investment Committee currently
consists of the following members: Justin Betzen, Alex Chi, David
Miller, James Reynolds, Kevin Sterling, David Yu, and Greg Watts,
along with members from Goldman Sachs’s Compliance, Legal, Tax, and
Controllers divisions. The BDC Investment Committee is responsible
for approving all of our investments. The BDC Investment Committee
also monitors investments in our portfolio companies and approves
all asset dispositions. We expect to benefit from the extensive and
varied relevant experience of the investment professionals serving
on the BDC Investment Committee, which includes expertise in
privately originated and publicly traded leveraged credit, stressed
and distressed debt, bankruptcy, mergers and acquisitions and
private equity. The revenue-side members of the BDC Investment
Committee collectively have over 50 years of experience in
middle-market investment and activities related to middle-market
investing. The size, membership, authority and voting rights of
members of the BDC Investment Committee are subject to change from
time to time without prior notice.
The purpose of our BDC Investment Committee is to evaluate and
approve, as deemed appropriate, all investments by our Investment
Adviser. Our BDC Investment Committee process is intended to bring
the diverse experience and perspectives of our BDC Investment
Committee’s members to the analysis and consideration of every
investment. Our BDC Investment Committee also serves to provide
investment consistency and adherence to our Investment Adviser’s
investment philosophies and policies. Our BDC Investment Committee
also determines appropriate investment sizing and suggests ongoing
monitoring requirements.
Allocation of Opportunities
Our investment objectives and investment strategies are similar to
those of the other Accounts, and an investment appropriate for us
may also be appropriate for such other Accounts. This creates
potential conflicts in allocating investment opportunities among us
and such other Accounts, particularly in circumstances where the
availability of such investment opportunities is limited, where the
liquidity of such investment opportunities is limited or
where co-investments by us
and such other Accounts are not permitted under applicable law. For
a further explanation of the allocation of opportunities and other
conflicts and the risks related thereto, see
S-7
“Item 1. Business—Allocation of Opportunities” and “Item
1A. Risk Factors—Our Business and Structure—Potential conflicts of
interest with other businesses of Goldman Sachs could impact our
investment returns” in our most recent annual report on Form
10-K.
Market Opportunity
GSAM Private Credit believes there is an attractive investment
opportunity to invest in U.S. middle-market companies. According to
the National Center for the Middle Market and the CIA World
Factbook, the U.S. middle market is composed of approximately
200,000 companies that represent approximately 33% of the private
sector gross domestic product, employing approximately
48 million people.1 GSAM Private
Credit believes that there is an attractive investment environment
for GS BDC to provide loans to U.S. middle-market companies. For a
further discussion of the market opportunities associated with the
Company’s focus on middle market companies, see “Item 1.
Business—Market Opportunity” in our most recent annual report on
Form 10-K.
Competitive Advantages
The Goldman Sachs Platform: GS Group Inc. is a leading
global financial institution that provides a broad range of
financial services to a substantial and diversified client base,
including companies and high net worth individuals, among others.
The firm is headquartered in New York, and maintains offices across
the United States and in all major financial centers around the
world. Goldman Sachs, with approximately $2.39 trillion in
firm-wide assets under supervision provides investment management
services to a diverse set of clients worldwide, including private
institutions, public entities and individuals. The firm, through
GSAM and its affiliates, has portfolio management teams located
around the world and its investment professionals bring first-hand
knowledge of local markets to every investment decision. GSAM’s
investment teams, including GSAM Private Credit, capitalize on the
relationships, market insights, risk management expertise,
technology and infrastructure of Goldman Sachs. We believe the
Goldman Sachs platform delivers us a meaningful competitive
advantage. For a detailed discussion of the Company’s competitive
advantages, see “Item 1. Business—Competitive Advantages” in our
most recent annual report on Form 10-K.
Operating and Regulatory Structure
We have elected to be treated as a BDC under the Investment Company
Act. As a BDC, we are generally prohibited from acquiring assets
other than qualifying assets unless, after giving effect to any
acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying
assets. Qualifying assets generally include securities of eligible
portfolio companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government
securities and high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year
or less from the time of investment. Under the rules of the
Investment Company Act, “eligible portfolio companies” include
(i) private U.S. operating companies, (ii) public U.S.
operating companies whose securities are not listed on a national
securities exchange (e.g., the NYSE) or registered under the
Exchange Act, and (iii) public U.S. operating companies having
a market capitalization of less than $250 million. Public U.S.
operating companies whose securities are quoted on the over-the-counter bulletin
board and through OTC Markets are not listed on a national
securities exchange and therefore are eligible portfolio companies.
See “Regulation” in the accompanying prospectus.
We have elected to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as
an RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with our taxable
year ended December 31, 2013. As an RIC, we generally will not
be required to
1 |
Estimate for the second quarter of 2021 by the
National Center for the Middle Market, which defined middle market
as companies with annual revenue of $10 million—$1 billion.
See http://www.middlemarketcenter.org (relying on data from the CIA
World Factbook, available at https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/).
|
S-8
pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any net ordinary
income or capital gains that we timely distribute to our
stockholders as dividends if we meet certain source of income,
distribution and asset diversification requirements. We intend to
timely distribute to our stockholders substantially all of our
annual taxable income for each year, except that we may retain
certain net capital gains for reinvestment and choose to carry
forward taxable income for distribution in the following year and
pay any applicable tax. In addition, the distributions we pay to
our stockholders in a year may exceed our net ordinary income and
capital gains for that year and, accordingly, a portion of such
distributions may constitute a return of capital for U.S. federal
income tax purposes. See “Price Range of Common Stock and
Distributions” in the accompanying prospectus and “Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters
and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities—Price Range of Common
Stock and Distributions” in our most recent annual report on Form
10-K.
Use of Leverage
Our senior secured revolving credit agreement (as amended, the
“Revolving Credit Facility”) with Truist Bank, as administrative
agent, and Bank of America, N.A., as syndication agent, the 4.50%
Convertible Notes due 2022 (the “Convertible Notes”), which matured
on April 1, 2022 and were repaid in full in accordance with
their terms using proceeds from the Revolving Credit Facility, the
3.75% Notes due 2025 (the “2025 Notes”), and the 2.875% Notes due
2026 (the “2026 Notes”) allow us to borrow money and lever our
investment portfolio, subject to the limitations of the Investment
Company Act, with the objective of increasing our yield. This is
known as “leverage” and could increase or decrease returns to our
stockholders. The use of leverage involves significant risks. We
are permitted to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage ratio,
as defined in the Investment Company Act, is at least 150% after
such borrowing (if certain requirements are met). As of
March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, our asset coverage
ratio based on the aggregate amount outstanding of our senior
securities was 186% and 186%, respectively. We may also refinance
or repay any of our indebtedness at any time based on our financial
condition and market conditions.
Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse
repurchase agreements, may be considered borrowings or involve
leverage and thus may be subject to Investment Company Act
restrictions. In accordance with applicable SEC staff guidance and
interpretations, when we engage in such transactions, instead of
maintaining an asset coverage ratio of at least 150% (if certain
requirements are met), we may segregate or earmark liquid assets,
or enter into an offsetting position, in an amount at least equal
to our exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to such
transactions (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC).
Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities
transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending
will not be considered borrowings for these purposes. Practices and
investments that may involve leverage but are not considered
borrowings are not subject to the Investment Company Act’s asset
coverage requirement, and we will not otherwise segregate or
earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions for such
transactions. The amount of leverage that we employ will depend on
our Investment Adviser’s and our Board of Directors’ assessment of
market conditions and other factors at the time of any proposed
borrowing.
Recent Developments
On April 1, 2022, the Convertible Notes matured and were
repaid in full in accordance with their terms using proceeds from
the Revolving Credit Facility.
On May 3, 2022, our Board of Directors declared a quarterly
distribution of $0.45 per share payable on July 27, 2022 to
holders of record as of June 30, 2022.
On May 5, 2022, we entered into a ninth amendment to our
Revolving Credit Facility to, among other things: (i) extend
the final maturity date to May 5, 2027, (ii) remove certain
financial covenants, including the
S-9
borrower minimum net worth and liquidity test covenants and
(iii) replace LIBOR benchmark provisions with SOFR benchmark
provisions.
GSAM intends to voluntarily waive a portion of its incentive fee
(the “Incentive Fee”) based on income, if necessary, in an amount
sufficient to ensure that our adjusted net investment income per
weighted average share outstanding (excluding the impact from the
purchase discount) is at least $0.45 per share on a quarterly
basis, through and including the quarter ended December 31,
2022.
On May 12, 2022, Carmine Rossetti, notified us of his
intention to resign from his position as principal financial
officer, chief financial officer and treasurer to pursue a new
professional opportunity. Mr. Rossetti will cease serving as
our principal financial officer, chief financial officer and
treasurer, effective on or about August 10, 2022. On
May 16, 2022, our board of directors appointed David Pessah as
principal financial officer, chief financial officer and treasurer,
effective on or about August 10, 2022. Mr. Pessah will
also continue to serve as our principal accounting officer.
On May 20, 2022, David Yu resigned from his position as Executive
Vice President and Head of Research of the Company.
Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 200 West Street, New
York, New York 10282 and our telephone number is (212) 902-0300. We
maintain a website located at www.GoldmanSachsBDC.com and make all
of our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and
other publicly filed information available, free of charge, on or
through our website. Information on our website is not incorporated
into or a part of this prospectus supplement or the accompanying
prospectus.
S-10
THE OFFERING
Issuer
|
Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. |
Common stock offered by us
|
Common stock having an aggregate maximum offering price of up
to $200,000,000. |
Shares of common stock outstanding prior to this offering
|
101,950,593 shares outstanding as of May 25, 2022 |
Manner of offering
|
“At the market offering” that may be made from time to time
through Truist Securities, Inc. and SMBC Nikko Securities America,
Inc., as sales agents, using commercially reasonable efforts. See
“Plan of Distribution (Conflicts of Interest)” in this prospectus
supplement. |
Use of proceeds
|
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to invest
in portfolio companies in accordance with our investment objective
and strategies, and for general corporate purposes. We may also use
a portion of the net proceeds from any sale of our common stock to
repay amounts outstanding under our Revolving Credit Facility,
which, as of March 31, 2022, bore a weighted average annual
interest rate of 2.06%. The Revolving Credit Facility matures on
May 5, 2027. See “Use of Proceeds.” |
Distributions
|
We intend to pay quarterly distributions to our stockholders
out of assets legally available for distribution. Quarterly
distributions, if any, will be determined by our Board of
Directors. |
|
We have a dividend reinvestment plan
that provides for reinvestment of all cash distributions declared
by our Board of Directors unless a stockholder elects to “opt out”
of the plan. As a result, if the Board of Directors declares a cash
distribution, then the stockholders who have not “opted out” of the
dividend reinvestment plan will have their cash distributions
automatically reinvested in additional shares of common stock,
rather than receiving the cash distribution. Stockholders who
receive distributions in the form of shares of common stock will
generally be subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local tax
consequences as if they received cash distributions and, for this
purpose, stockholders receiving distributions in the form of stock
will generally be treated as receiving distributions equal to the
fair market value of the stock received through the plan; however,
since their cash distributions will be reinvested, those
stockholders will not receive cash with which to pay any applicable
taxes. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” in the accompanying
prospectus. |
Taxation
|
We have elected to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as a
RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with our taxable
year ended December 31, 2013. To maintain our tax treatment as
a RIC, we must, among other things, timely distribute to our
stockholders at least 90% of our investment company taxable
income
|
S-11
|
for each taxable year. We intend to timely distribute to our
stockholders substantially all of our annual taxable income for
each year, except that we may retain certain net capital gains for
reinvestment and we may choose to carry forward taxable income for
distribution in the following year and pay any applicable tax. In
addition, the distributions we pay to our stockholders in a year
may exceed our net ordinary income and capital gains for that year
and, accordingly, a portion of such distributions may constitute a
return of capital for U.S. federal income tax purposes. See
“Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax Considerations” in the
accompanying prospectus.
|
Risk factors
|
Investing in our common stock involves risks. You should read
“Risk Factors” on page S-13 of this prospectus supplement, and
under similar headings in our most recent annual report on
Form 10-K and
quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 2022, in the accompanying prospectus, and in the
documents that are filed with the SEC on or after the date hereof
that are incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement
and the accompanying prospectus, for a discussion of factors to
consider carefully before making an investment. |
NYSE symbol for our common stock
|
Our common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol
“GSBD.” |
S-12
RISK FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a number of significant
risks. Before deciding whether to invest in our common stock, you
should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described in
the section titled “Risk Factors” in our most recent annual report
on Form 10-K and our
quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 2022, as well as in subsequent filings with the SEC,
which are incorporated by reference into this prospectus supplement
and the accompanying prospectus in their entirety, together with
other information in this prospectus supplement, the accompanying
prospectus and the documents incorporated by reference herein and
therein. The risks described in these documents are not the only
ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently
known to us or not presently deemed material by us might also
impair our operations and performance. Past financial performance
may not be a reliable indicator of future performance, and
historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or
trends in future periods. If any of these risks occur, our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be
materially and adversely affected. In such case, our net asset
value, the trading price of our common stock and the value of our
other securities could decline, and you may lose all or part of
your investment. Please also read carefully the section titled
“Forward Looking Statements” in this prospectus supplement.
S-13
FEES AND EXPENSES
The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the
fees and expenses that an investor in our common stock will bear,
directly or indirectly, based on the assumptions set forth below.
We caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table
below are estimates and may vary. Except where the context suggests
otherwise, whenever this prospectus supplement contains a reference
to our fees or expenses, we will pay such fees and expenses out of
our net assets and, consequently, stockholders will indirectly bear
such fees or expenses as investors in us.
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholder transaction expenses (as a percentage of offering
price):
|
|
|
|
|
Sales load (as a percentage of offering price)
|
|
|
1.00% (1) |
|
Offering expenses (as a percentage of offering price)
|
|
|
0.35% (2) |
|
Dividend reinvestment plan expenses (3)
|
|
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholder transaction expenses (as a percentage of
offering price):
|
|
|
1.35% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets attributable to
common stock): (4)
|
|
|
|
|
Base management fees (5)
|
|
|
2.22% |
|
Incentive fees (6)
|
|
|
2.06% |
|
Interest payments on borrowed funds (7)
|
|
|
3.69% |
|
Other expenses (8)
|
|
|
0.76% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total annual expenses
|
|
|
8.73% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
Represents the maximum agent commission with respect
to the shares of our common stock sold by us in this offering.
|
(2) |
The percentage reflects estimated offering expenses of
approximately $0.7 million for the estimated duration of this
offering and assumes we sell all $200.0 million of common
stock available under the equity distribution agreements pursuant
to this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.
There is no guarantee that there will be any sales of our common
stock pursuant to this prospectus supplement and the accompanying
prospectus.
|
(3) |
The expenses of the dividend reinvestment plan are
included in “other expenses” in the table above. The plan
administrator’s fees will be paid by us. There will be no brokerage
charges or other charges to stockholders who participate in the
plan except that, if a participant elects by written notice to the
plan administrator to have the plan administrator sell part or all
of the shares held by the plan administrator in the participant’s
account and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan
administrator is authorized to deduct a $15.00 transaction fee plus
a $0.12 per share brokerage commission from the proceeds. For
additional information, see “Item 1. Business—Dividend Reinvestment
Plan” in our most recent annual report on Form 10-K, and “Dividend
Reinvestment Plan” in the accompanying prospectus.
|
(4) |
“Net assets attributable to common stock” equals
average net assets as of March 31, 2022.
|
(5) |
We pay the Investment Adviser a management fee (the
“Management Fee”), which accrues and is payable quarterly in
arrears. The Management Fee is calculated at (i) an annual
rate of 1.00% (0.25% per quarter) of the average value of our gross
assets (excluding cash or cash equivalents but including assets
purchased with borrowed amounts) at the end of each of the two most
recently completed calendar quarters. See “Item 1.
Business—Management Agreements—Investment Management Agreement” in
our most recent annual report filed on Form 10-K. The Management Fee referenced in
the table above are annualized based on actual amounts incurred
during the three months ended March 31, 2022.
|
(6) |
The Incentive Fee payable to our Investment Adviser is
based on our performance. It consists of two components, one based
on income and the other based on capital gains, that are determined
independent of one another, with the result that one component may
be payable even if the other is not. For more detailed information
about the Incentive Fee, see “Item 1. Business—Management
Agreements—Investment
|
S-14
|
Management Agreement” in our most
recent annual report on Form 10-K. The Incentive Fee in the table
above is annualized based on actual gross amounts incurred during
the three months ended March 31, 2022 and does not include any
incentive fees waived. |
(7) |
Interest payments on borrowed funds represents
annualized borrowings under $360.0 million of the 2025 Notes,
and the $500.0 million of the 2026 Notes. Interest payments on
borrowed funds also includes our interest expense based on
borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility for the three months
ended March 31, 2022, which bore a weighted average interest
rate of 2.06%. In addition, our Convertible Notes matured on
April 1, 2022 and were repaid in full using proceeds from the
Revolving Credit Facility, as such, interest payments on borrowed
funds assumes $155.0 million of additional borrowing under the
Revolving Credit Facility, using an assumed interest rate of 2.06%.
We may borrow additional funds from time to time to make
investments to the extent we determine that the economic situation
is conducive to doing so. We may also issue additional debt
securities or preferred stock, subject to our compliance with
applicable requirements under the Investment Company Act.
|
(8) |
“Other expenses” include overhead expenses, including
payments under the administration agreement with our administrator
(the “Administration Agreement”), and are annualized based on
actual amounts incurred during the three months ended
March 31, 2022. See “Item 1. Business—Administration
Agreement” in our most recent annual report filed on Form
10-K.
|
Although not reflected above, the Investment Adviser expects to
continue to waive a portion of its management fee payable by us in
an amount equal to any management fees it earns as an investment
adviser for any affiliated money market funds in which we
invest.
Example
The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of
total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various
periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common
stock. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have
assumed that our annual operating expenses remain at the levels set
forth in the table above, except for the Incentive Fee based on
income. Transaction expenses are not included in the following
example.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 year |
|
|
3 years |
|
|
5 years |
|
|
10 years |
|
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 common stock
investment, assuming a 5% annual return (none of which is subject
to the Incentive Fee based on capital gains)
|
|
|
79 |
|
|
|
206 |
|
|
|
329 |
|
|
|
619 |
|
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 common stock
investment, assuming a 5% annual return resulting entirely from net
realized capital gains (all of which is subject to the Incentive
Fee based on capital gains)
|
|
|
89 |
|
|
|
235 |
|
|
|
376 |
|
|
|
706 |
|
The foregoing table is to assist you in understanding the various
costs and expenses that an investor in our common stock will bear
directly or indirectly. While the example assumes, as required by
the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may
result in a return greater or less than 5%. The Incentive Fee under
our Investment Management Agreement, which, assuming a 5% annual
return, would either not be payable or would have an insignificant
impact on the expense amounts shown above, is not included in the
example. The example assumes reinvestment of all distributions at
NAV. In addition, while the example assumes reinvestment of all
dividends and distributions at NAV, under certain circumstances,
reinvestment of dividends and other distributions under our
dividend reinvestment plan may occur at a price per share that
differs from NAV. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” in the
accompanying prospectus, and “Item 1. Business—Dividend
Reinvestment Plan in our most recent annual report on Form
10-K for additional
information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.
This example and the expenses in the table above should not be
considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual
expenses (including the cost of debt, if any, and other expenses)
may be greater or less than those shown.
S-15
USE OF PROCEEDS
Sales of our common stock, if any, under this prospectus supplement
and the accompanying prospectus may be made in transactions that
are deemed to be an “at the market offering” as defined in Rule
415(a)(4) under the Securities Act, including without limitation
sales made directly on or through the NYSE, sales made to or
through market makers and sales made through any other existing
trading market or electronic communications network, and by any
other method permitted by law, including but not limited to
privately negotiated transactions, which may include block trades,
as we and the sales agents may agree. There is no guarantee that
there will be any sales of our common stock pursuant to this
prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. Actual
sales, if any, of our common stock under this prospectus supplement
and the accompanying prospectus may be less than as set forth in
this paragraph depending on, among other things, the market price
of our common stock and the NAV per share of our common stock at
the time of any such sale. As a result, the actual net proceeds we
receive may be more or less than the amount of net proceeds
estimated in this prospectus supplement. However, the sales price
per share of our common stock offered by this prospectus supplement
and the accompanying prospectus, less the sales agents’ commission,
discount or other compensation for such sales payable under the
equity distribution agreements, will not be less than the NAV per
share of our common stock at the time of such sale, unless we have
received approval of a majority of our stockholders (including a
majority of our unaffiliated stockholders) and our Independent
Directors. Assuming the sale of shares of common stock having an
aggregate offering price of $200,000,000 pursuant to this
prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus, we estimate
that the net proceeds would be approximately $197.3 million
after deducting the sales agents’ estimated commissions of
approximately $2.0 million payable by us and estimated
offering expenses of approximately $0.7 million payable by
us.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to invest in
portfolio companies in accordance with our investment objective and
strategies, and for general corporate purposes. We may use a
portion of net proceeds of any sale of our common stock pursuant to
this offering to repay amounts outstanding under our Revolving
Credit Facility. For the three months ended March 31, 2022,
amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility bore a
weighted average interest rate of 2.06%. The Revolving Credit
Facility matures in full on May 5, 2027. Affiliates of certain
of the sales agents are lenders under the Revolving Credit
Facility. Accordingly, affiliates of certain of the sales agents
may receive more than 5% of the proceeds of this offering to the
extent the proceeds are used to pay down outstanding indebtedness
under the Revolving Credit Facility.
S-16
PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK
AND DISTRIBUTIONS
The information required by this item is contained in our annual
report on Form 10-K for the
year ended December 31, 2021, filed with the SEC on
February 24, 2022 and incorporated by reference herein.
S-17
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth the actual consolidated
capitalization of GS BDC as of March 31, 2022.
You should read this table together with “Use of Proceeds” and the
consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto of
GS BDC, included elsewhere in or incorporated by reference in this
prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
March 31, 2022 |
|
|
|
(dollar amounts
in thousands
except share
and per share
amounts) |
|
Cash
|
|
$ |
31,413 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt (1)
|
|
|
|
|
Revolving Credit Facility
|
|
$ |
861,532 |
|
Convertible Notes (2)
|
|
|
155,000 |
|
2025 Notes
|
|
|
360,000 |
|
2026 Notes
|
|
|
500,000 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Debt
|
|
$ |
1,876,532 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders’ Equity
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, par value $0.001 per share (200,000,000 shares
authorized, 101,885,413 shares issued and outstanding as of
March 31, 2022)
|
|
|
102 |
|
Paid-in capital in excess
of par value
|
|
|
1,671,983 |
|
Distributable earnings
|
|
|
(60,713 |
) |
Allocated income tax expense
|
|
|
(1,421 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
Total net assets
|
|
$ |
1,609,951 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net asset value per share
|
|
$ |
15.80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
The above table reflects the principal amount of
indebtedness outstanding as of March 31, 2022. As of
May 25, 2022, indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility
was $1,039.93 million. The net proceeds from this offering are
expected to be used to invest in portfolio companies in accordance
with our investment objective and strategies, and for general
corporate purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds
from any sale of our common stock to repay amounts outstanding
under our Revolving Credit Facility. See “Use of Proceeds.”
|
(2) |
The Convertible Notes matured on April 1, 2022
and were repaid in full in accordance with their terms using
proceeds from the Revolving Credit Facility.
|
S-18
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
(CONFLICTS OF INTEREST)
We have entered into separate equity distribution agreements with
each of Truist Securities, Inc. and SMBC Nikko Securities America,
Inc., under which each will act as our sales agent in connection
with the offer and sale of shares of our common stock pursuant to
this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus.
Upon written instructions from us, a sales agent will use its
commercially reasonable efforts consistent with its normal sales
and trading practices to sell, as our sales agent, shares of our
common stock under the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in the respective equity distribution agreement. We will
instruct each sales agent as to the amount of our common stock to
be sold by it. We may instruct a sales agent not to sell shares of
our common stock if the sales cannot be effected at or above the
price designated by us in any instruction. The sales price per
share of our common stock offered by this prospectus supplement and
the accompanying prospectus, less the sales agent’s commission,
discount or other compensation for such sales payable under the
applicable equity distribution agreement, will not be less than the
NAV per share of our common stock as determined within 48 hours of
such sale unless we have received requisite approval of a majority
of our stockholders (including a majority of our unaffiliated
stockholders) and our Independent Directors, in accordance with the
applicable equity distribution agreement. We or the sales agents
may suspend the offering of shares of our common stock upon proper
notice and subject to other conditions. We cannot predict the
number of such shares of common stock that we may sell hereby or if
any such shares will be sold.
Sales of shares of our common stock, if any, under this prospectus
supplement and the accompanying prospectus may be made in
negotiated transactions or transactions that are deemed to be “at
the market offerings,” as defined in Rule 415(a)(4) under the
Securities Act, including, without limitation, sales made directly
on the NYSE or a similar securities exchange or sales made to or
through a market maker other than on an exchange at prices related
to the prevailing market prices or at negotiated prices.
If sales of our common stock are sold by one or more of the sales
agents, the applicable sales agent will provide written
confirmation of a sale to us following the close of trading on the
NYSE each trading day on which shares of our common stock are sold
under such sales agent’s equity distribution agreement. Each
confirmation will include the number of shares of our common stock
sold that day, the net proceeds to us and the compensation payable
by us to such sales agent in connection with the sales.
Under the terms of the equity distribution agreements, each of the
sales agents will be entitled to compensation equal to up to 1.00%
of the gross sales price of the shares of our common stock sold
through it as sales agents. We have agreed to pay or reimburse
certain of the expenses of the sales agents. We estimate that the
total expenses for the offering, excluding compensation payable to
the sales agents under the terms of each equity distribution
agreement, will be approximately $0.7 million.
Settlement for sales of shares of our common stock will occur on
the second trading day following the date on which such sales are
made, or on some other date that is agreed upon by us and the
applicable sales agent in connection with a particular transaction,
in return for payment of the net proceeds to us. There is no
arrangement for funds to be received in an escrow, trust or similar
arrangement.
Under the terms of the equity distribution agreements, we also may
sell shares of our common stock to the sales agents as principal
for their own accounts at a price agreed upon at the time of sale.
The sales agents may from time to time offer the common stock sold
to them as principal through public or private transactions at
market prices prevailing at the time of sale, at fixed prices, at
negotiated prices, at various prices determined at the time of sale
or at prices related to prevailing market prices. If we sell shares
to a sales agent as principal, we will enter into a separate terms
agreement with the applicable sales agent, setting forth the terms
of such transaction, and we will describe the agreement in a
separate prospectus supplement to the extent required by law.
S-19
We will report in a prospectus supplement and/or our filings under
the Exchange Act, at least quarterly, the number of shares of our
common stock sold through the sales agents under the equity
distribution agreements and the net proceeds to us.
In connection with the sale of shares of our common stock on our
behalf, each of the sales agents may be deemed to be an
“underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act, and the
compensation of the sales agents may be deemed to be underwriting
commissions or discounts. We have agreed to provide indemnification
and contribution to the sales agents with respect to certain civil
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.
If we have reason to believe that shares of our common stock are no
longer an “actively traded security” as defined under Rule
101(c)(l) of Regulation M under the Exchange Act we will promptly
notify the sales agents and sales of shares of our common stock
pursuant to the equity distribution agreements will be suspended
until in our collective judgment Rule 101(c)(1) or another
exemptive provision has been satisfied.
The offering of shares of our common stock pursuant to the equity
distribution agreements will terminate upon the earlier of
(i) the sale of all of the shares of our common stock subject
to the equity distribution agreements or (ii) the termination
of the equity distribution agreements as permitted therein.
Conflicts of Interest
The sales agents and their respective affiliates are full service
financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may
include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking,
financial advisory, investment management, investment research,
principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other
financial and non-financial
activities and services. The sales agents and their respective
affiliates have provided in the past and may provide from time to
time in the future in the ordinary course of their business certain
commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and
other services to, and their respective affiliates have provided,
and may from time to time in the future provide, a variety of these
services to GS BDC and to persons and entities with relationships
with GS BDC, for which they received or will receive customary fees
and expenses. In particular, the sales agents or their respective
affiliates may execute transactions with GS BDC or on behalf of GS
BDC, GS Group Inc., GSAM or any of our or their portfolio
companies, affiliates and/or managed funds. In addition, the sales
agents or their affiliates may act as arrangers, underwriters or
placement agents for companies whose securities are sold to or
whose loans are syndicated to GS BDC, GS Group Inc., or GSAM and
their affiliates and managed funds.
The sales agents or their affiliates may also trade in our
securities, securities of our portfolio companies or other
financial instruments related thereto for their own accounts or for
the account of others and may extend loans or financing directly or
through derivative transactions to GS BDC, GS Group Inc., GSAM or
any of our portfolio companies.
We may purchase securities of third parties from the sales agents
or their affiliates. However, we have not entered into any
agreement or arrangement regarding the acquisition of any such
securities. We would purchase any such securities only if, among
other things, we identified securities that satisfied our
investment needs and completed our due diligence review of such
securities.
After the date of this prospectus supplement, the sales agents and
their affiliates may from time to time obtain information regarding
specific portfolio companies or us that may not be available to the
general public. Any such information is obtained by the sales
agents and their affiliates in the ordinary course of their
business and not in connection with this offering. In addition, the
sales agents or their affiliates may develop analyses or opinions
related to GS BDC, GSAM or our portfolio companies and buy or sell
interests in one or more of our portfolio companies on behalf of
their proprietary or client accounts and may engage in competitive
activities. There is no obligation on behalf of these parties to
disclose their respective analyses, opinions or purchase and sale
activities regarding any portfolio company or regarding GSAM to our
stockholders or any other persons.
S-20
In the ordinary course of their business activities, the sales
agents and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and
employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments
and actively traded securities, derivatives, loans, commodities,
currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments
for their own accounts and for the accounts of their customers, and
such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to GS
BDC’s assets, securities or instruments (directly, as collateral
securing other obligations or otherwise) or persons and entities
with relationships with GS BDC. The sales agents and their
respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment
recommendations, market color or trading ideas or publish or
express independent research views in respect of such assets,
securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to
clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in
such assets, securities and instruments.
Proceeds of the sale of shares of our common stock pursuant to this
offering may be used to repay or repurchase outstanding
indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility. Affiliates of the
sales agents are lenders under the Revolving Credit Facility.
Accordingly, affiliates of certain of the sales agents may receive
more than 5% of the proceeds of this offering to the extent such
proceeds are used to repay or repurchase outstanding indebtedness
under the Revolving Credit Facility.
The principal business address of Truist Securities, Inc. is 3333
Peachtree Road NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30326. The principal business
address of SMBC Nikko Securities America, Inc. is 277 Park Avenue,
New York, New York 10172.
S-21
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters in connection with the offering will be
passed upon for us by Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver &
Jacobson, LLP, New York, New York. In addition, Dechert LLP serves
as counsel to the Company and to the independent members of our
Board of Directors. Certain legal matters in connection with the
offering will be passed upon for the sales agents by Goodwin
Procter LLP, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. and
management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting (which is included in Management’s Report
on Internal Control over Financial Reporting) incorporated in this
prospectus supplement by reference to the Annual Report
on Form 10-K for
the year ended December 31, 2021 have been so incorporated in
reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an
independent registered public accounting firm, given on the
authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
S-22
INCORPORATION OF CERTAIN
INFORMATION BY REFERENCE
This prospectus supplement is part of a registration statement that
we have filed with the SEC. The information incorporated by
reference is considered to be part of this prospectus supplement.
Any reports filed by us with the SEC subsequent to the date of this
prospectus supplement will automatically update and, where
applicable, supersede any information contained in this prospectus
supplement and any document incorporated by reference herein.
We incorporate by reference into this prospectus supplement our
filings listed below and any future filings that we may file with
the SEC under Sections 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act, subsequent to the date of this prospectus supplement until all
of the securities offered by this prospectus supplement and the
accompanying prospectus have been sold or we otherwise terminate
the offering of these securities; provided, however, that
information “furnished” under Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 of Form
8-K or other information
“furnished” to the SEC that is not deemed filed is not incorporated
by reference in this prospectus supplement.
This prospectus supplement incorporates by reference the documents
set forth below that have been previously filed with the SEC:
|
• |
|
our annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2021, filed with the SEC on February 24,
2022;
|
|
• |
|
our quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended
March 31, 2022, filed with the SEC on May 5, 2022;
|
|
• |
|
our current reports on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on May 17,
2022, May 20, 2022 and May 24, 2022; and
|
|
• |
|
our definitive proxy statement on Schedule 14A, filed with the SEC
on April 4, 2022 (solely to the extent incorporated by
reference into the annual report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2021).
|
See “Available Information” in the accompanying prospectus for
information on how to obtain a copy of these filings.
S-23
GOLDMAN SACHS BDC, INC.
Common Stock
Preferred Stock
Warrants
Debt Securities
Subscription Rights
We are an externally managed specialty finance company that is a
non-diversified, closed-end management investment company that has
elected to be regulated as a business development company under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company
Act”). We are focused on lending to “middle-market companies,”
a term we generally use to refer to companies with between
$5 million and $200 million of annual earnings before
interest expense, income tax expense, depreciation and amortization
(“EBITDA”) excluding certain one-time, and non-recurring items that
are outside the operations of these companies. Our investment
objective is to generate current income and, to a lesser extent,
capital appreciation primarily through direct originations of
secured debt, including first lien, unitranche, including last out
portions of such loans, and second lien debt, and unsecured debt,
including mezzanine debt, as well as through select equity
investments.
We are managed by our investment adviser, Goldman Sachs Asset
Management, L.P. (“GSAM” or “Investment Adviser”), a wholly-owned
subsidiary of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (“Group Inc.”). Group
Inc., together with Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC (including its
predecessors, “GS & Co.”), GSAM and its other subsidiaries
and affiliates, is referred to herein as “Goldman Sachs.”
We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings, together
or separately, our common stock, preferred stock, warrants, debt
securities or subscription rights representing rights to purchase
shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities,
which we refer to, collectively, as the “securities.” The
securities may be offered at prices and on terms to be described in
one or more supplements to this prospectus.
Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the
symbol “GSBD.” On November 17, 2020, the last reported
sales price for our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange was
$17.42 per share. The net asset value (“NAV”) of our common stock
reported by us as of September 30, 2020 was $15.49.
This prospectus describes some of the general terms that may apply
to an offering of our securities that a prospective investor ought
to know before investing. We will provide the specific terms of
these offerings and securities in one or more supplements to this
prospectus. We may also authorize one or more free writing
prospectuses to be provided to you in connection with these
offerings. The prospectus supplement and any related free writing
prospectus may also add, update, or change information contained in
this prospectus. You should carefully read and retain for future
reference this prospectus, the applicable prospectus supplement,
and any related free writing prospectus, and the documents
incorporated by reference, before buying any of the securities
being offered. We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy
statements and other information about us with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), which we incorporate by reference
herein. See “Incorporation by Reference.” You may obtain this
information or make stockholder inquiries by written or oral
request and free of charge by contacting us at 200 West Street,
New York, NY 10282, on our website at
http://www.goldmansachsbdc.com, or by calling us collect at
(212) 902-0300. Information contained on our website is not
incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not
consider that information to be a part of this prospectus. The SEC
also maintains a website at http://www.sec.gov that contains this
information.
Shares of closed-end investment companies, including business
development companies, that are listed on an exchange frequently
trade at a discount to their NAV per share. If our shares trade at
a discount to our NAV, it may increase the risk of loss for
purchasers in any offering. Investing in our securities involves a
high degree of risk, including credit risk and the risk of the use
of leverage, and is
highly speculative. Before buying any securities, you should
read the discussion of the material risks of investing in our
securities in “Risk
Factors” in this prospectus, “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our
recent annual report on Form 10-K, “Part II—Item 1A. Risk Factors”
in our most recent quarterly report on Form 10-Q, “Risk Factors” in
our joint proxy statement and prospectus that forms a part of a
registration statement on Form N-14 filed with the SEC on
August 4, 2020, as well as in any of our subsequent SEC
filings, for more information.
The securities in which we invest are generally not rated by any
rating agency, and if they were rated, they would be below
investment grade (rated lower than “Baa3” by Moody’s Investors
Service and lower than BBB-” by Fitch Ratings or
Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services (“S&P”)). These
securities, which may be referred to as “junk bonds,” “high yield
bonds” or “leveraged loans,” have predominantly speculative
characteristics with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay
interest and repay principal.
Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved
or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus
is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a
criminal offense.
This prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of securities
unless accompanied by a prospectus supplement.
The date of this prospectus is November 19,
2020
TABLE OF CONTENTS
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus, any applicable prospectus supplements, and the
documents incorporated by reference herein or therein. We have not
authorized any other person to provide you with different
information or to make any representations not contained in this
prospectus, any applicable prospectus supplements, and the
documents incorporated by reference herein or therein. If anyone
provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should
not rely on it. We are not making an offer to sell these securities
in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You
should assume that the information appearing in this prospectus,
any applicable prospectus supplements, and the documents
incorporated by reference herein or therein, is accurate only as of
the dates on their respective covers. Our business, financial
condition, results of operations, cash flows and prospects may have
changed since such dates.
TRADEMARKS
This prospectus, any applicable prospectus supplements, and the
documents incorporated by reference herein or therein, contains
trademarks and service marks owned by Goldman Sachs. This
prospectus, any applicable prospectus supplements, and the
documents incorporated by reference herein or therein, may also
contain trademarks and service marks owned by third parties.
ABOUT THIS PROSPECTUS
This prospectus is part of an automatic “shelf” registration
statement that we have filed with the SEC as a “well-known seasoned
issuer” as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the “Securities Act”). Under the shelf registration
process, we may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings
or series, our common stock, preferred stock, warrants, debt
securities or subscription rights representing rights to purchase
shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt securities on
the terms to be determined at the time of the offering. The
securities may be offered at prices and on terms described in one
or more supplements to this prospectus. We may sell our securities
through underwriters or dealers, “at-the-market” to or through a
market maker, into an existing trading market or otherwise directly
to one or more purchasers or through agents or through a
combination of methods of sale. The identities of such
underwriters, dealers, market makers or agents, as the case may be,
will be described in one or more supplements to this
prospectus. This prospectus provides you with a general
description of the securities that we may offer. Each time we use
this prospectus to offer securities, we will provide a prospectus
supplement that will contain specific information about the terms
of that offering.
We may also authorize one or more free writing prospectuses to be
provided to you that may contain material information relating to
these offerings. In a prospectus supplement or free writing
prospectus, we may also add, update, or change any of the
information contained in this prospectus or in the documents we
incorporate by reference into this prospectus. This prospectus,
together with the applicable prospectus supplement, any related
free writing prospectus, and the documents incorporated by
reference into this prospectus and the applicable prospectus
supplement, will include all material information relating to the
applicable offering. Before buying any of the securities being
offered, you should carefully read both this prospectus and the
applicable prospectus supplement and any related free writing
prospectus, together with any exhibits and the additional
information described in the sections titled “Available
Information,” “Incorporation By Reference,” “Prospectus Summary”
and “Risk Factors” before making an investment decision.
This prospectus includes summaries of certain provisions contained
in some of the documents described in this prospectus, but
reference is made to the actual documents for complete information.
All of the summaries are qualified in their entirety by the actual
documents. Copies of some of the documents referred to herein have
been filed, will be filed, or will be incorporated by reference as
exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is
a part, and you may obtain copies of those documents as described
in the section titled “Available Information.”
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights some of the information contained
elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary may not contain all of
the information that you should consider before investing in the
securities offered by this prospectus. You should review the more
detailed information contained in this prospectus, together with
any applicable prospectus supplements or free writing prospectuses,
especially the information set forth under the heading “Risk
Factors” in this prospectus, “Item 1A. Risk Factors” in our most
recent annual report on Form 10-K, “Part II—Item 1A. Risk
Factors” in our most recent quarterly report on Form 10-Q, “Risk
Factors” in our joint proxy statement and prospectus that forms a
part of the registration statement on Form N-14 filed with the SEC
on August 4, 2020 (the “Form N-14”), as well as any of our
subsequent SEC filings, and the information set forth under the
caption “Available Information” in this prospectus.
Unless indicated otherwise in this prospectus or the context
requires otherwise, the terms “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” or “GS
BDC” refer to Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. and its consolidated
subsidiaries, as the context may require, or for periods prior to
our conversion from a limited liability company to a corporation
(the “Conversion”), Goldman Sachs Liberty Harbor Capital,
LLC.
Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.
We are a specialty finance company focused on lending to
middle-market companies. We are a closed-end management investment
company that has elected to be regulated as a business development
company (“BDC”) under the Investment Company Act. In addition, we
have elected to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as a
regulated investment company (“RIC”) under Subchapter M of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), commencing
with our taxable year ended December 31, 2013. From our
formation in 2012 through September 30, 2020, we originated
more than $3.78 billion in aggregate principal amount of debt
and equity investments prior to any subsequent exits and
repayments. We seek to generate current income and, to a lesser
extent, capital appreciation primarily through direct originations
of secured debt, including first lien, unitranche, including
last-out portions of such loans, and second lien debt, and
unsecured debt, including mezzanine debt, as well as through select
equity investments.
“Unitranche” loans are first lien loans that may extend deeper in a
company’s capital structure than traditional first lien debt and
may provide for a waterfall of cash flow priority between different
lenders in the unitranche loan. In a number of instances, we may
find another lender to provide the “first-out” portion of such loan
and retain the “last-out” portion of such loan, in which case, the
“first-out” portion of the loan would generally receive priority
with respect to payment of principal, interest and any other
amounts due thereunder over the “last-out” portion that we would
continue to hold. In exchange for the greater risk of loss, the
“last-out” portion generally earns a higher interest rate than the
“first-out” portion. We use the term “mezzanine” to refer to debt
that ranks senior only to a borrower’s equity securities and ranks
junior in right of payment to all of such borrower’s other
indebtedness. We may make multiple investments in the same
portfolio company.
We invest primarily in U.S. middle-market companies, which we
believe are underserved by traditional providers of capital such as
banks and the public debt markets. In describing our business, we
generally use the term “middle-market companies” to refer to
companies with between $5 million and $200 million of
annual earnings before interest expense, income tax expense,
depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) excluding certain one-time
and non-recurring items that are outside the operations of these
companies. However, we may from time to time invest in larger or
smaller companies. We generate revenues primarily through receipt
of interest income from the investments we hold. In addition, we
generate income from various loan origination and other fees,
dividends on direct equity investments and capital gains on the
sales of investments. Fees received from portfolio companies
(directors’ fees, consulting fees, administrative fees, tax
advisory fees and other similar compensation) are paid to us,
unless, to the extent required by applicable law or exemptive
relief therefrom, we only receive our allocable portion of such
fees when invested in the same portfolio company as another
client
1
account managed by our Investment Adviser (including Goldman Sachs
Private Middle Market Credit LLC (“GS PMMC”) and Goldman Sachs
Private Middle Market Credit II LLC (“GS PMMC II”), collectively
with other such client accounts managed by our Investment Adviser,
the “Accounts”). The companies in which we invest use our capital
for a variety of purposes, including to support organic growth,
fund acquisitions, make capital investments or refinance
indebtedness.
Investment Strategy
Our origination strategy focuses on leading the negotiation and
structuring of the loans or securities in which we invest and
holding the investments in our portfolio to maturity. In many cases
we are the sole investor in the loan or security in our portfolio.
Where there are multiple investors, we generally seek to control or
obtain significant influence over the rights of investors in the
loan or security. We generally seek to make investments that have
maturities between three and ten years and range in size between
$10 million and $75 million, although we may make larger
or smaller investments on occasion.
Investment Portfolio
As of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, our
portfolio (excluding our investment in a money market fund, if any,
managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.) consisted of the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2020
|
|
|
December 31, 2019
|
|
Investment Type |
|
Amortized
Cost
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Percentage
of Total
Portfolio at
Fair Value
|
|
|
Amortized
Cost
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Percentage
of Total
Portfolio at
Fair Value
|
|
|
|
($ in
millions) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions) |
|
|
|
|
First Lien/Senior Secured Debt
|
|
$ |
1,121.28 |
|
|
$ |
1,080.52 |
|
|
|
75.5 |
% |
|
$ |
1,094.89 |
|
|
$ |
1,080.67 |
|
|
|
74.3 |
% |
First Lien/Last-Out Unitranche
|
|
|
35.16 |
|
|
|
34.98 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
|
|
35.31 |
|
|
|
35.28 |
|
|
|
2.4 |
|
Second Lien/Senior Secured Debt
|
|
|
247.40 |
|
|
|
218.49 |
|
|
|
15.3 |
|
|
|
263.44 |
|
|
|
234.02 |
|
|
|
16.1 |
|
Unsecured Debt
|
|
|
7.33 |
|
|
|
7.21 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
|
|
7.41 |
|
|
|
7.41 |
|
|
|
0.5 |
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
16.69 |
|
|
|
41.14 |
|
|
|
2.9 |
|
|
|
41.66 |
|
|
|
48.76 |
|
|
|
3.4 |
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
60.13 |
|
|
|
47.66 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
|
|
67.14 |
|
|
|
48.11 |
|
|
|
3.3 |
|
Warrants
|
|
|
0.76 |
|
|
|
1.20 |
|
|
|
0.1 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Investments
|
|
$ |
1,488.75 |
|
|
$ |
1,431.20 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
$ |
1,509.85 |
|
|
$ |
1,454.25 |
|
|
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of September 30, 2020, GS BDC’s portfolio consisted of 218
investments in 110 portfolio companies across 38 different
industries. The largest industries in GS BDC’s portfolio, based on
fair value as of September 30, 2020, were Health Care
Providers & Services, Software, Interactive
Media & Services and Health Care Technology, which
represented 9.3%, 7.7%, 7.4% and 7.2%, respectively, of GS BDC’s
portfolio at fair value.
As of December 31, 2019, GS BDC’s portfolio consisted of 206
investments in 106 portfolio companies across 38 different
industries. The largest industries in GS BDC’s portfolio, based on
fair value as of December 31, 2019, were Health Care
Providers & Services, Software, Interactive
Media & Services and IT Services, which represented 10.9%,
8.2%, 7.4% and 6.5%, respectively, of GS BDC’s portfolio at fair
value.
The geographic composition of GS BDC’s portfolio at fair value as
of September 30, 2020 was United States 95.6%, Canada 2.7%,
Ireland 1.4%, Germany 0.2% and Singapore 0.1%.
The geographic composition of GS BDC’s portfolio at fair value as
of December 31, 2019 was United States 95.7%, Canada
2.6%, Ireland 1.4%, Germany 0.2% and Singapore 0.1%.
2
As of September 30, 2020, the weighted average yield of our
total portfolio (excluding our investment in a money market fund
managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.), at amortized cost and fair
value (both of which include interest income and amortization of
fees and discounts), was 7.7% and 9.7%, as compared to 8.2% and
8.9% as of December 31, 2019. The change in weighted average yield
at fair value both on the total portfolio level and individual lien
type was driven primarily by the increased market volatility,
economic disruption, and wider credit spreads resulting from the
outbreak of the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic. For
further discussion of the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our
portfolio, please see “—Recent Developments—Impact of COVID-19
Pandemic.”
The following table presents certain selected information regarding
our investment portfolio (excluding its investment in a money
market fund, if any, managed by an affiliate of Group Inc.) as of
September 30, 2020:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
September 30, 2020
|
|
Number of portfolio companies
|
|
|
110 |
|
Percentage of performing debt bearing a floating rate (1)
|
|
|
98.6 |
% |
Percentage of performing debt bearing a fixed rate (1)(2)
|
|
|
1.4 |
% |
Weighted average yield on debt and income producing investments, at
amortized cost (3)
|
|
|
8.3 |
% |
Weighted average yield on debt and income producing investments, at
fair value (3)
|
|
|
10.4 |
% |
Weighted average leverage (net debt/EBITDA) (4)
|
|
|
5.7x |
|
Weighted average interest coverage (4)
|
|
|
2.6x |
|
Median EBITDA (4)
|
|
$ |
34.68 million |
|
(1) |
Measured on a fair value basis. Excludes investments,
if any, placed on non-accrual.
|
(2) |
Includes income producing preferred stock
investments.
|
(3) |
Computed based on (a) the annual actual interest
rate or yield earned plus amortization of fees and discounts on the
performing debt and other income producing investments as of the
reporting date, divided by (b) the total performing debt and
other income producing investments (excluding investments on
non-accrual).
|
(4) |
For a particular portfolio company, we calculate the
level of contractual indebtedness net of cash (“net debt”) owed by
the portfolio company and compare that amount to measures of cash
flow available to service the net debt. To calculate net debt, we
include debt that is both senior and pari passu to the tranche of
debt owned by us but exclude debt that is legally and contractually
subordinated in ranking to the debt owned by us. We believe this
calculation method assists in describing the risk of our portfolio
investments, as it takes into consideration contractual rights of
repayment of the tranche of debt owned by us relative to other
senior and junior creditors of a portfolio company. We typically
calculate cash flow available for debt service at a portfolio
company by taking EBITDA for the trailing twelve month period.
Weighted average net debt to EBITDA is weighted based on the fair
value of our debt investments and excluding investments where net
debt to EBITDA may not be the appropriate measure of credit risk,
such as cash collateralized loans and investments that are
underwritten and covenanted based on recurring revenue.
|
For a particular portfolio company, we also calculate the level of
contractual interest expense owed by the portfolio company, and
compare that amount to EBITDA (“interest coverage ratio”). We
believe this calculation method assists in describing the risk of
our portfolio investments, as it takes into consideration
contractual interest obligations of the portfolio company. Weighted
average interest coverage is weighted based on the fair value of
our performing debt investments, excluding investments where
interest coverage may not be the appropriate measure of credit
risk, such as cash collateralized loans and investments that are
underwritten and covenanted based on recurring revenue.
Median EBITDA is based on our debt investments, excluding
investments where net debt to EBITDA may not be the appropriate
measure of credit risk, such as cash collateralized loans and
investments that are underwritten and covenanted based on recurring
revenue.
3
Portfolio company statistics are derived from the most recently
available financial statements of each portfolio company as of the
reported end date. Statistics of the portfolio companies have not
been independently verified by us and may reflect a normalized or
adjusted amount. As of September 30, 2020, investments where
net debt to EBITDA may not be the appropriate measure of credit
risk represented 29.1% of total debt investments at fair value.
Portfolio company statistics are derived from the most recently
available financial statements of each portfolio company as of the
respective reported end date. Portfolio company statistics have not
been independently verified by us and may reflect a normalized or
adjusted amount.
Corporate Structure
We were formed as a private fund in September 2012 and commenced
operations in November 2012, using seed capital contributions we
received from Group Inc. In March 2013, we elected to be treated as
a BDC. We have elected to be treated, and expect to qualify
annually, as a RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with
our taxable year ended December 31, 2013. On March 18,
2015, our common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange
(“NYSE”) under the symbol “GSBD.” On March 23, 2015, we closed
our initial public offering (“IPO”), issuing 6,000,000 shares of
common stock at a public offering price of $20.00 per share.
Net of offering and underwriting costs, we received cash proceeds
of $114.57 million. On April 21, 2015, we issued an
additional 900,000 shares of our common stock pursuant to the
exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option in connection
with the IPO. Net of underwriting costs, we received additional
cash proceeds of $17.27 million. On May 24, 2017, we sold
3,250,000 shares of our common stock at a public offering price of
$22.50 per share. Net of underwriting costs and offering expenses,
we received cash proceeds of $69.65 million. On May 26,
2017, we issued an additional 487,500 shares of our common stock
pursuant to the underwriters’ exercise of the option to purchase
additional shares that we granted in connection with the
May 24, 2017 sale of our common stock. Net of underwriting
costs, we received additional cash proceeds of $10.64 million.
As a result of the Conversion, subsequent share repurchases, the
IPO and the follow-on equity offering completed in May 2017, as of
October 15, 2020, Group Inc. owned approximately 6.4% of our common
stock after the Merger (as defined below) and shares being issued
pursuant to our dividend reinvestment plan.
Our Investment Adviser
GSAM serves as our Investment Adviser and has been registered as an
investment adviser with the SEC since 1990. Subject to the
supervision of our Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”), a
majority of which is made up of independent directors (including an
independent Chairman), GSAM manages our day-to-day operations and
provides us with investment advisory and management services and
certain administrative services. GSAM has been registered as an
investment adviser with the SEC since 1990 and is an indirect,
wholly-owned subsidiary of Group Inc. and affiliate of
GS & Co. Founded in 1869, Group, Inc. is a publicly-held
financial holding company (a “FHC”) and a leading global investment
banking, securities and investment management firm. As of
September 30, 2020, GSAM, including its investment advisory
affiliates, had assets under supervision of approximately
$1.9 trillion.
The Private Credit Group of GSAM (the “GSAM Private Credit Group”)
is responsible for identifying investment opportunities, conducting
research and due diligence on prospective investments, negotiating
and
structuring our investments and monitoring and servicing our
investments. The GSAM Private Credit Group was comprised of 28
investment professionals, as of September 30, 2020, all of
whom are dedicated to the Company’s investment strategy and other
funds that share a similar investment strategy with the Company.
The GSAM Private Credit Group sits with a broader team known as the
“GSAM Credit Alternatives Team” which has additional
responsibilities other than those relating to the Company. In
addition, GSAM has risk management, legal, accounting, tax,
information technology and compliance personnel, among others, who
provide services to us. We benefit from the expertise provided by
these personnel in our operations.
4
The GSAM Private Credit Group is dedicated primarily to private
corporate credit investment opportunities in North America, and
utilizes a bottom-up, fundamental research approach to lending. The
senior members of the GSAM Private Credit Group have been working
together since 2006 and have an average of over 17 years of
experience in leveraged finance and private transactions.
All investment decisions are made by the Investment Committee of
GSAM’s Private Credit Group (the “Investment Committee”), which
currently consists of five voting members: Brendan McGovern, Jon
Yoder, David Yu, Jordan Walter and Michael Mastropaolo as well as
three non-voting members with operational and/or legal expertise.
The Investment Committee is responsible for approving all of our
investments. The Investment Committee also monitors investments in
our portfolio and approves all asset dispositions. We expect to
benefit from the extensive and varied relevant experience of the
investment professionals serving on the Investment Committee, which
includes expertise in privately originated and publicly traded
leveraged credit, stressed and distressed debt, bankruptcy, mergers
and acquisitions and private equity. The voting members of the
Investment Committee collectively have over 50 years of experience
in middle-market investment and activities related to middle-market
investing. The membership of the Investment Committee may change
from time to time.
Allocation of Opportunities
Our investment objectives and investment strategies are similar to
those of other Accounts, and an investment appropriate for us may
also be appropriate for those Accounts. This creates potential
conflicts in allocating investment opportunities among us and such
other Accounts, particularly in circumstances where the
availability of such investment opportunities is limited, where the
liquidity of such investment opportunities is limited or where
co-investments by us and other Accounts are not permitted under
applicable law. For a further explanation of the allocation of
opportunities and other conflicts and the risks related thereto,
please see “Business of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.—Allocation of
Opportunities” in our Form N-14 and “Business—Allocation of
Opportunities” in our most recent annual report on Form 10-K.
Market Opportunity
According to the National Center for the Middle Market and the CIA
World Fact Book, the U.S. middle market is comprised of
approximately 200,000 companies that represent approximately 33% of
the private sector gross domestic product, employing approximately
47.9 million people.1 This makes the U.S.
middle market equivalent to the world’s third largest global
economy on a stand-alone basis. Collectively, the U.S. middle
market generates more than $6 trillion in annual revenue. The GSAM
Private Credit Group believes that there is an attractive
investment environment for us to provide loans to U.S. middle
market companies. For a further discussion of the market
opportunities associated with the Company’s focus on middle market
companies, see “Business of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.—Market
Opportunity” in our Form N-14 and “Business—Market Opportunity” in
our most recent annual report on Form 10-K.
Competitive Advantages
The Goldman Sachs Platform: Goldman Sachs is a leading
global financial institution that provides a wide range of
financial services to a substantial and diversified client base,
including companies and high net worth individuals, among others.
The firm is headquartered in New York and maintains offices across
the United States and in all major financial centers around the
world. Group Inc.’s asset management subsidiary, GSAM, is one of
the world’s leading investment managers with over 710 investment
professionals and approximately
1 |
Estimate for 2019 by the National Center for the
Middle Market, which defined middle market as companies with annual
revenue of $10 million—$1 billion. See
http://www.middlemarketcenter.org (relying on data from the CIA
World Factbook, available at
https://www.cia.gov/library/publications/the-world-factbook/).
|
5
$1.86 trillion of assets under supervision, in each case as of
September 30, 2020. GSAM’s investment teams, including the
GSAM Private Credit Group, capitalize on the relationships, market
insights, risk management expertise, technology and infrastructure
of Goldman Sachs. We believe the Goldman Sachs platform delivers a
meaningful competitive advantage to us. For a detailed discussion
of the Company’s competitive advantages, see “Business of Goldman
Sachs BDC, Inc.—Competitive Advantages” in our Form N-14 and
“Business—Competitive Advantages” in our most recent annual report
on Form 10-K.
Operating and Regulatory Structure
We have elected to be treated as a BDC under the Investment Company
Act. As a BDC, we are generally prohibited from acquiring assets
other than qualifying assets unless, after giving effect to any
acquisition, at least 70% of our total assets are qualifying
assets. Qualifying assets generally include securities of eligible
portfolio companies, cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government
securities and high-quality debt instruments maturing in one year
or less from the time of investment. Under the rules of the
Investment Company Act, “eligible portfolio companies” include
(i) private U.S. operating companies, (ii) public U.S.
operating companies whose securities are not listed on a national
securities exchange (e.g., the NYSE) or registered under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”),
and (iii) public U.S. operating companies having a market
capitalization of less than $250 million. Public U.S.
operating companies whose securities are quoted on the
over-the-counter bulletin board and through OTC Markets Group Inc.
are not listed on a national securities exchange and therefore are
eligible portfolio companies. See “Regulation.”
We have elected to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as a
RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with our taxable
year ended December 31, 2013. As a RIC, we generally will not
be required to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any
net ordinary income or capital gains that we timely distribute to
our stockholders as dividends if we meet certain source of income,
distribution and asset diversification requirements. We intend to
timely distribute to our stockholders substantially all of our
annual taxable income for each year, except that we may retain
certain net capital gains for reinvestment and we may choose to
carry forward taxable income for distribution in the following year
and pay any applicable tax. In addition, the distributions we pay
to our stockholders in a year may exceed our net ordinary income
and capital gains for that year and, accordingly, a portion of such
distributions may constitute a return of capital for U.S. federal
income tax purposes. See “Price Range of Common Stock and
Distributions.”
Use of Leverage
Our senior secured revolving credit agreement (as amended, the
“Revolving Credit Facility”) with Truist Bank (formerly known as
SunTrust Bank), as administrative agent, and Bank of America, N.A.,
as syndication agent, our 4.50% Convertible Notes due 2022 (the
“Convertible Notes”) and our 3.75% Notes due 2025 (the “2025
Notes”) allow us to borrow money and lever our investment
portfolio, subject to the limitations of the Investment Company
Act, with the objective of increasing our yield. This is known as
“leverage” and could increase or decrease returns to our
stockholders. The use of leverage involves significant risks. We
are permitted to borrow amounts such that our asset coverage ratio,
as defined in the Investment Company Act, is at least 150% after
such borrowing (if certain requirements are met). As of
September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019, our asset
coverage ratio based on the aggregate amount outstanding of our
senior securities was 168% and 187%, respectively.
Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse
repurchase agreements, may be considered borrowings or involve
leverage and thus may be subject to Investment Company Act
restrictions. In accordance with applicable SEC staff guidance and
interpretations, when we engage in such transactions, instead of
maintaining an asset coverage ratio of at least 150% (if certain
requirements are met), we will segregate or earmark liquid assets,
or enter into an offsetting position, in an amount at least equal
to our exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to such transactions
(as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC). Short-term
credits
6
necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and
arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be
considered borrowings for these purposes. Practices and investments
that may involve leverage but are not considered borrowings are not
subject to the Investment Company Act’s asset coverage requirement,
and we will not otherwise segregate or earmark liquid assets or
enter into offsetting positions for such transactions. The amount
of leverage that we employ will depend on our Investment Adviser’s
and our Board of Directors’ assessment of market conditions and
other factors at the time of any proposed borrowing.
Recent Developments
Merger with Goldman Sachs Middle Market Lending
Corp.
On October 12, 2020, we completed our previously announced
merger (the “Merger”) with Goldman Sachs Middle Market Lending
Corp. (“GS MMLC”) pursuant to the Amended and Restated Agreement
and Plan of Merger, by and among us, GS MMLC, Evergreen Merger Sub,
Inc. and GSAM, dated as of June 11, 2020 (the “Merger
Agreement”). In accordance with the terms of the Merger Agreement,
at the effective time of the Merger, each outstanding share of GS
MMLC common stock was converted into the right to receive, for each
share of GS MMLC common stock, that number of shares of our common
stock, par value $0.001 per share, with a NAV equal to the NAV per
share of GS MMLC common stock, in each case calculated as of
October 9, 2020. As a result of the Merger, GS BDC issued an
aggregate of 61,037,311 shares of GS BDC common stock to former GS
MMLC stockholders.
The Merger is accounted for as an asset acquisition of GS MMLC by
GS BDC in accordance with the asset acquisition method of
accounting as detailed in ASC 805-50, Business Combinations-Related
Issues, with the fair value of total consideration paid in
conjunction with the Merger allocated to the assets acquired and
liabilities assumed based on their relative fair values as of the
date of the Merger. Generally, under asset acquisition accounting,
acquiring assets in groups not only requires ascertaining the cost
of the asset (or net assets), but also allocating that cost to the
individual assets (or individual assets and liabilities) that make
up the group. The cost of the group of assets acquired in an asset
acquisition is allocated to the individual assets acquired or
liabilities assumed based on their relative fair values of net
identifiable assets acquired other than certain “non-qualifying”
assets (for example cash) and does not give rise to goodwill. GS
BDC is the accounting survivor of the Merger.
With the consummation of the Merger, the aggregate commitments
under our Revolving Credit Facility are $1.695 billion and the
uncommitted accordion feature allows us to increase the borrowing
capacity of our Revolving Credit Facility up to $2.25 billion.
On November 4, 2020, in connection with the consummation of
the Merger, our Board of Directors declared special distributions
of $0.15 per share in total, and payable in three equal quarterly
installments, as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Record Date
|
|
Payment Date
|
|
|
Amount Per Share
|
|
February 15, 2021
|
|
|
March 15, 2021 |
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
May 14, 2021
|
|
|
June 15, 2021 |
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
August 16, 2021
|
|
|
September 15, 2021 |
|
|
$ |
0.05 |
|
In connection with the announcement of our financial results for
the nine months ended September 30, 2020, we also disclosed certain
financial highlights as of October 9, 2020 (the last business day
prior to the Merger). As of that date, our investment
portfolio, at fair value, was valued at $3,130.2 million, our total
debt outstanding was $1,764.2 million, our net assets were $1,580.1
million, our debt to equity ratio (excluding
7
unfunded commitments) was 1.12x, our net debt to equity ratio
(excluding unfunded commitments) was 0.93x and our NAV per share
was $15.57.2
New 10b5-1 Plan
On November 4, 2020, our Board of Directors authorized the
adoption of a new common stock repurchase plan (the “new 10b5-1
plan”), which provides for the Company to repurchase up to $75.0
million of shares of the Company’s common stock if the common stock
trades below the most recently announced quarter-end NAV per share,
subject to limitations. Under the new 10b5-1 plan, no purchases
will be made if such purchases would cause the Company’s
Debt/Equity Ratio to exceed the lower of (a) 1.30 or
(b) the Maximum Debt/Equity Ratio (as defined below). In the
new 10b5-1 Plan, “Debt/Equity Ratio” means the sum of debt on the
Company’s Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities and the
total notional value of the Company’s unfunded commitments divided
by net assets, as of the most recent reported financial statement
end date, and “Maximum Debt/Equity Ratio” means the sum of debt on
the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities and
committed uncalled debt divided by net assets, as of the most
recent reported financial statement end date; provided, however,
that when referring to the Company’s financial statements for the
period ending September 30, 2020 for the purposes of the new
10b5-1 plan, reference will be made to the publicly available
combined pro forma financial information of the Company and GS MMLC
as of September 30, 2020 and, provided further, that for
calculations made in such period, (A) “Debt/Equity Ratio” will
mean the sum of pro forma debt on the Consolidated Statements of
Assets and Liabilities and the total notional value of the pro
forma Company’s unfunded commitments minus cash and cash
equivalents available on the pro forma Consolidated Statements of
Assets and Liabilities divided by the pro forma net assets, as of
the most recent reported financial statement end date and
(B) “Maximum Debt/Equity Ratio” will mean the sum of debt on
the pro forma Consolidated Statements of Assets and Liabilities and
the pro forma committed uncalled debt divided by pro forma net
assets, as of the most recent reported financial statement end
date.
The new 10b5-1 plan was adopted and took effect on November 9,
2020. The new 10b5-1 plan will expire on November 9, 2021.
Purchases under the new 10b5-1 plan will be conducted on a
programmatic basis in accordance with Rules 10b5-1 and 10b-18 under
the Exchange Act and other applicable securities laws.
Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic
The persistence of the COVID-19 pandemic poses ongoing challenges
for the global economy. While economic activity has generally
accelerated from earlier in the year when widespread lockdown
measures were in place, progress has been uneven across countries
and the sustainability of global economic recovery is vulnerable to
the risk of a resurgence in infections. Governments and central
banks around the world have remained proactive in responding to the
crisis through unprecedented accommodative monetary policy and
fiscal stimulus. The extent to which the COVID-19 pandemic will
continue to affect our business, financial condition, liquidity,
our portfolio companies’ results of operations and by extension our
operating results will depend on future developments, which are
highly uncertain and cannot be predicted.
Our investment portfolio continues to be focused on industries and
sectors that are generally expected to be more durable than
industries and sectors that are more prone to economic cycles.
Given the unprecedented
2 |
The October 9, 2020 financial information described
herein was prepared pursuant to the requirements of, and solely for
the purposes of, the Merger. The underlying components are subject
to the completion of GS BDC’s financial closing procedures and were
not reviewed or approved for purposes of financial statement
preparation or as part of a comprehensive statement of GS BDC’s
financial results. The final results may differ materially from
these components as a result of the completion of GS BDC’s
financial closing procedures, and final adjustments and other
developments arising between now and the time that GS BDC’s
financial results for the three months ended December 31, 2020 are
finalized.
|
8
nature of COVID-19 and the difficulty in predicting future
government responses and restrictions, the operating environment of
our portfolio companies is evolving rapidly. Business disruption
experienced by our portfolio companies may reduce, over time, the
amount of interest and dividend income that we receive from our
investments companies and may require us to contribute additional
capital to such portfolio companies. We may need to restructure our
investments in some portfolio companies, which could result in
reduced interest payments from or permanent impairments of our
investments, and could result in the restructuring of certain of
our investments from income paying investments into non-income
paying equity investments. Any such decrease in our net investment
income would increase the percentage of our cash flows dedicated to
our debt obligations and distribution payments to our stockholders.
As a result, we may be required to reduce the future amount of
distributions to our stockholders. We continue to closely monitor
our investment portfolio in order to be positioned to respond
appropriately.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, Goldman Sachs has continued
to successfully execute on its Business Continuity Planning (the
“BCP”) strategy since initially activating it in the first quarter
of 2020. Goldman Sachs’ priority has been to safeguard its
employees and to ensure continuity of business operations. Goldman
Sachs has a central team that continues to manage its COVID-19
response, which is led by its chief administrative officer and
chief medical officer. As a result of the execution of Goldman
Sachs’ BCP, the majority of its employees continue to work
remotely. Goldman Sachs has established policies and protocols that
will enable a phased return to office, taking into account the
readiness of people, communities and facilities. As communities
where Goldman Sachs operate began to reopen, Goldman Sachs took the
necessary steps to enable employees to start to return to the
office in a safe manner. Our systems and infrastructure have
continued to support our business operations. We have maintained
regular and active communication across senior management, the rest
of our private credit group and our Board of Directors.
Furthermore, we have ongoing dialogues with our vendors to ensure
they continue to meet our criteria for business continuity.
For further information about the risks associated with COVID-19,
see “Risk Factors” included in this prospectus, in any accompanying
prospectus supplement and in the documents that we file with the
SEC and which are incorporated by reference herein.
Summary Risk Factors
Investing in us involves a high degree of risk and you could lose
all or part of your investment. We refer to certain of these risks
below:
|
• |
|
Political, social and economic uncertainty, including uncertainty
related to the COVID-19 pandemic, creates and exacerbates
risks.
|
|
• |
|
The capital markets are currently in a period of disruption and
economic uncertainty. Such market conditions have materially and
adversely affect debt and equity capital markets, which have had,
and may continue to have, a negative impact on our business and
operations.
|
|
• |
|
Our operation as a BDC imposes numerous constraints on us and
significantly reduces our operating flexibility. In addition, if we
fail to maintain our status as a BDC, we might be regulated as a
closed-end investment company, which would subject us to additional
regulatory restrictions.
|
|
• |
|
We will be subject to corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on
all of our income if we are unable to maintain our status as a RIC
under Subchapter M of the Code, which would have a material adverse
effect on our financial performance.
|
|
• |
|
We are dependent upon management personnel of our Investment
Adviser for our future success.
|
|
• |
|
Our ability to grow depends on our ability to raise additional
capital.
|
9
|
• |
|
We borrow money, which may magnify the potential for gain or loss
and may increase the risk of investing in us.
|
|
• |
|
We operate in a highly competitive market for investment
opportunities.
|
|
• |
|
Potential conflicts of interest with other businesses of Goldman
Sachs could impact our investment returns.
|
|
• |
|
Goldman Sachs has influence, and may continue to exert influence,
over our management and affairs and over most votes requiring
stockholder approval.
|
|
• |
|
Our Board of Directors may change our investment objective,
operating policies and strategies without prior notice or
stockholder approval.
|
|
• |
|
Our Investment Adviser can resign on 60 days’ notice. We may not be
able to find a suitable replacement within that time, resulting in
a disruption in our operations that could adversely affect our
financial condition, business and results of operations.
|
|
• |
|
Our ability to enter into transactions with our affiliates is
restricted.
|
|
• |
|
We are exposed to risks associated with changes in interest
rates.
|
|
• |
|
Our activities may be limited as a result of potentially being
deemed to be controlled by Group Inc., a bank holding company (a
“BHC”).
|
|
• |
|
Our investments are very risky and highly speculative.
|
|
• |
|
The lack of liquidity in our investments may adversely affect our
business.
|
|
• |
|
Declines in market prices and liquidity in the corporate debt
markets can result in significant net unrealized depreciation of
our portfolio, which in turn would reduce our NAV.
|
|
• |
|
Investing in our common stock involves an above average degree of
risk.
|
|
• |
|
We may be unable to realize the benefits anticipated by the Merger,
or it may take longer than anticipated to achieve such
benefits.
|
Corporate Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 200 West Street, New
York, New York 10282 and our telephone number is
(212) 902-0300. We maintain a website located at
www.goldmansachsbdc.com. Information on our website is not
incorporated into or a part of this prospectus.
10
FEES AND EXPENSES
The following table is intended to assist you in understanding the
fees and expenses that an investor in our common stock will bear,
directly or indirectly, based on the assumptions set forth below.
We caution you that some of the percentages indicated in the table
below are estimates and may vary. The expenses shown in the table
under “annual expenses” are based on estimated amounts for our
current fiscal year. The following table should not be considered a
representation of our future expenses. Actual expenses may be
greater or less than shown. Except where the context suggests
otherwise, whenever this prospectus contains a reference to fees or
expenses paid by “us” or that “we” will pay fees or expenses, the
holders of our common stock will indirectly bear such fees or
expenses.
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholder transaction expenses (as a percentage of offering
price):
|
|
|
|
|
Sales load (as a percentage of offering price)
|
|
|
None |
(1) |
Offering expenses (as a percentage of offering price)
|
|
|
None |
(1) |
Dividend reinvestment plan expenses
|
|
|
None |
(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholder transaction expenses (as a percentage of
offering price)
|
|
|
None |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated annual expenses (as a percentage of net assets
attributable to common stock):(3)
|
|
|
|
|
Base management fees (4)
|
|
|
2.35 |
% |
Incentive fees (5)
|
|
|
0.16 |
% |
Interest payments on borrowed funds (6)
|
|
|
4.80 |
% |
Other expenses (7)
|
|
|
2.17 |
% |
Acquired fund fees and expenses (8)
|
|
|
0.02 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
Total annual expenses
|
|
|
9.50 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
In the event that the securities to which this
prospectus relates are sold to or through underwriters or agents, a
corresponding prospectus supplement will disclose the applicable
sales load (underwriting discount or commission).
|
(2) |
The related prospectus supplement will disclose the
estimated amount of offering expenses, the offering price and the
offering expenses borne by us as a percentage of the offering
price.
|
(3) |
“Net assets attributable to common stock” equals
average net assets as of September 30, 2020.
|
(4) |
We pay the Investment Adviser a management fee (the
“Management Fee”), which accrues and is payable quarterly in
arrears. The Management Fee is calculated at (i) an annual
rate of 1.00% (0.25% per quarter) thereafter, in each case, of the
average value of our gross assets (excluding cash or cash
equivalents but including assets purchased with borrowed amounts)
at the end of each of the two most recently completed calendar
quarters. The Management Fee for any partial quarter will be
appropriately prorated based on the actual number of days elapsed
relative to the total number of days in such calendar quarter. See
“Management—Investment Management Agreement.” The Management Fee
referenced in the table above is annualized and based on actual
amounts incurred during the nine months ended September 30,
2020.
|
(5) |
The incentive fee (the “Incentive Fee”) payable to our
Investment Adviser is based on actual amounts of the income
component of the Incentive Fee incurred during the nine months
ended September 30, 2020, annualized for a full year, and the
amount payable under our Investment Management Agreement, for the
capital gains component as of September 30, 2020.
|
Incentive Fees under our Investment Management Agreement:
The incentive fee payable to GSAM consists of two components that
are determined independent of each other, with the result that one
component may be payable even if the other is not.
A portion of the Incentive Fee is based on income and a portion is
based on capital gains, as described below. Our Investment Adviser
is entitled to receive the Incentive Fee based on income from us if
“Ordinary
Income” (as defined below) exceeds a quarterly “hurdle rate” of
1.75%. For this purpose, the hurdle is
11
computed by reference to our NAV and does not take into account
changes in the market price of our common stock.
Beginning with the calendar quarter that commenced on
January 1, 2015, the Incentive Fee based on income is
determined and paid quarterly in arrears at the end of each
calendar quarter by reference to our aggregate net investment
income, as adjusted as described below, from the calendar quarter
then ending and the eleven preceding calendar quarters (the
“Trailing Twelve Quarters”). The incentive fee based on capital
gains is determined and paid annually in arrears at the end of each
calendar year by reference to an Annual Period (as defined
below).
The hurdle amount for the Incentive Fee based on income is
determined on a quarterly basis, and is equal to 1.75% multiplied
by our NAV at the beginning of each applicable calendar quarter
comprising the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters. The hurdle amount
is calculated after making appropriate adjustments for
subscriptions (which includes all issuances by us of shares of our
common stock, including issuances pursuant to our dividend
reinvestment plan) and distributions that occurred during the
relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters. The incentive fee for any
partial period will be appropriately prorated.
For the portion of the Incentive Fee based on income, we pay our
Investment Adviser a quarterly Incentive Fee based on the amount by
which (A) aggregate net investment income (“Ordinary Income”)
in respect of the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters exceeds
(B) the hurdle amount for such Trailing Twelve Quarters. The
amount of the excess of (A) over (B) described in this
paragraph for such Trailing Twelve Quarters is referred to as the
“Excess Income Amount.” For the avoidance of doubt, Ordinary Income
is net of all fees and expenses, including the Management Fee but
excluding any Incentive Fee.
The Incentive Fee based on income for each quarter is determined as
follows:
|
• |
|
No Incentive Fee based on income is payable to our Investment
Adviser for any calendar quarter for which there is no Excess
Income Amount.
|
|
• |
|
100% of the Ordinary Income, if any, that exceeds the hurdle
amount, but is less than or equal to an amount, which we refer to
as the “Catch-up Amount,” determined as the sum of 2.1875%
multiplied by our NAV at the beginning of each applicable calendar
quarter comprising the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters is
included in the calculation of the Incentive Fee based on income;
and
|
|
• |
|
20% of the Ordinary Income that exceeds the Catch-up Amount is
included in the calculation of the Incentive Fee based on
income.
|
The amount of the Incentive Fee based on income that will be paid
to our Investment Adviser for a particular quarter will equal the
excess of the Incentive Fee so calculated minus the aggregate
Incentive Fees based on income that were paid in respect of the
first eleven calendar quarters (or the portion thereof) included in
the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters but not in excess of the
Incentive Fee Cap (as described below).
The Incentive Fee based on income that is paid to our Investment
Adviser for a particular quarter is subject to a cap (the
“Incentive Fee Cap”). The Incentive Fee Cap for any quarter is an
amount equal to (a) 20% of the Cumulative Net Return (as
defined below) during the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters minus
(b) the aggregate Incentive Fees based on income that were
paid in respect of the first eleven calendar quarters (or the
portion thereof) included in the relevant Trailing Twelve
Quarters.
“Cumulative Net Return” means (x) the Ordinary Income in
respect of the relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters minus (y) any
Net Capital Loss, as defined below, if any, in respect of the
relevant Trailing Twelve Quarters. If, in any quarter, the
Incentive Fee Cap is zero or a negative value, we will pay no
Incentive Fee based on income to our Investment Adviser for such
quarter. If, in any quarter, the Incentive Fee Cap for such
quarter
12
is a positive value but is less than the Incentive Fee based on
income that is payable to our Investment Adviser for such quarter
(before giving effect to the Incentive Fee Cap) calculated as
described above, we will pay an Incentive Fee based on income to
our Investment Adviser equal to the Incentive Fee Cap for such
quarter. If, in any quarter, the Incentive Fee Cap for such quarter
is equal to or greater than the Incentive Fee based on income that
is payable to our Investment Adviser for such quarter (before
giving effect to the Incentive Fee Cap) calculated as described
above, we will pay an Incentive Fee based on income to our
Investment Adviser equal to the Incentive Fee calculated as
described above for such quarter without regard to the Incentive
Fee Cap.
“Net Capital Loss” in respect of a particular period means the
difference, if positive, between (i) aggregate capital losses,
whether realized or unrealized, in such period and
(ii) aggregate capital gains, whether realized or unrealized,
in such period.
(6) |
Interest payments on borrowed funds represents an
estimate of our annualized interest expense based on borrowings
under the Revolving Credit Facility as of September 30, 2020,
the $155.0 million of our Convertible Notes and the
$360.0 million aggregate principal amount of our 2025 Notes.
As of September 30, 2020, the weighted average interest rate
on our total debt outstanding was 3.38%. For the nine months ended
September 30, 2020, the Revolving Credit Facility bore a
weighted average interest rate of 2.69%, the $155.0 million
aggregate principal amount of Convertible Notes bore interest at an
annual rate of 4.50% and the $360.0 million aggregate
principal amount of our 2025 Notes bore interest at an annual rate
of 3.75%. We may borrow additional funds from time to time to make
investments to the extent we determine that the economic situation
is conducive to doing so. We may also issue additional debt
securities or preferred stock, subject to our compliance with
applicable requirements under the Investment Company Act.
|
(7) |
“Other Expenses” includes overhead expenses, including
payments under the administration agreement with our administrator
(the “Administration Agreement”), and is estimated for the current
fiscal year. See “Management—Administration Agreement.”
|
(8) |
Our stockholders indirectly bear the expenses of
underlying funds or other investment vehicles in which we invest
that (1) are investment companies or (2) would be
investment companies under section 3(a) of the Investment Company
Act but for the exceptions to that definition provided for in
sections 3(c)(1) and 3(c)(7) of the Investment Company Act
(“Acquired Funds”). This amount includes the estimated annual fees
and expenses of a money market fund managed by an affiliate of
Group Inc., which was our only Acquired Fund as of
September 30, 2020.
|
Although not reflected above, the Investment Adviser expects to
continue to waive a portion of its management fee payable by us in
an amount equal to any management fees it earns as an investment
adviser for any affiliated money market funds in which we
invest.
Example
The following example demonstrates the projected dollar amount of
total cumulative expenses that would be incurred over various
periods with respect to a hypothetical investment in our common
stock. In calculating the following expense amounts, we have
assumed that our annual operating expenses remain at the
levels set forth in the table above, except for the Incentive Fee
based on income. Transaction expenses are not included in the
following example.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 year
|
|
|
3 years
|
|
|
5 years
|
|
|
10 years
|
|
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 common stock
investment, assuming a 5% annual return (none of which is subject
to the Incentive Fee based on capital gains)
|
|
$ |
91 |
|
|
$ |
262 |
|
|
$ |
419 |
|
|
$ |
754 |
|
You would pay the following expenses on a $1,000 common stock
investment, assuming a 5% annual return resulting entirely from net
realized capital gains (all of which is subject to the Incentive
Fee based on capital gains)
|
|
$ |
101 |
|
|
$ |
291 |
|
|
$ |
464 |
|
|
$ |
833 |
|
13
The foregoing table is to assist you in understanding the various
costs and expenses that an investor in our common stock will bear
directly or indirectly. While the example assumes, as required by
the SEC, a 5% annual return, our performance will vary and may
result in a return greater or less than 5%. The Incentive Fee under
our Investment Management Agreement, which, assuming a 5% annual
return, would either not be payable or would have an insignificant
impact on the expense amounts shown above, is not included in the
example. The example assumes reinvestment of all distributions at
NAV. In addition, while the example assumes reinvestment of all
dividends and distributions at NAV, under certain circumstances,
reinvestment of dividends and other distributions under our
dividend reinvestment plan may occur at a price per share that
differs from NAV. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for additional
information regarding our dividend reinvestment plan.
This example and the expenses in the table above should not be
considered a representation of our future expenses, and actual
expenses (including the cost of debt, if any, and other expenses)
may be greater or less than those shown.
14
RISK FACTORS
Investing in our securities involves certain risks relating to our
structure and investment objective. You should carefully consider
these the risks and uncertainties in the section titled “Risk
Factors” in the applicable prospectus supplement and any related
free writing prospectus, and discussed in the sections titled “Item
1A.—Risk Factors” in our most recent annual report on Form 10-K,
“Item 1A.—Risk Factors” in our most recent Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q, “Risk Factors” in our Form N-14, and in any subsequent
filings we have made with the SEC that are incorporated by
reference into this prospectus, together with other information in
this prospectus, the documents incorporated by reference, and any
free writing prospectus that we may authorize for use in connection
with this offering, before you decide whether to make an investment
in our securities. The risks in these documents are not the only
risks we face, and we may face other risks that we have not yet
identified, which we do not currently deem material or which are
not yet predictable. If any of the following risks occur, our
business, financial condition and results of operations could be
materially adversely affected. In such case, our NAV and the
trading price of our securities could decline, and you may lose all
or part of your investment.
15
POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF
INTEREST
General Categories of Conflicts Associated with the
Company
Goldman Sachs (which, for purposes of this “Potential Conflicts of
Interest” section, shall mean, collectively, Group Inc., the
Investment Adviser and their affiliates, directors, partners,
trustees, managers, members, officers and employees) is a
worldwide, full-service investment banking, broker-dealer, asset
management and financial services organization and a major
participant in global financial markets. As such, it provides a
wide range of financial services to a substantial and diversified
client base. In those and other capacities, Goldman Sachs advises
clients in all markets and transactions and purchases, sells, holds
and recommends a broad array of investments for its own accounts
and for the accounts of clients and of its personnel, through
client accounts and the relationships and products it sponsors,
manages and advises. Goldman Sachs has direct and indirect
interests in the global fixed income, currency, commodity,
equities, bank loan and other markets, and the securities and
issuers, in which the Company may directly and indirectly invest.
As a result, Goldman Sachs’ activities and dealings, including on
behalf of the Company, may affect the Company in ways that may
disadvantage or restrict the Company and/or benefit Goldman Sachs
or other Accounts. In managing conflicts of interest that may arise
as a result of the foregoing, GSAM generally will be subject to
fiduciary requirements.
The following are descriptions of certain conflicts and potential
conflicts of interest that may be associated with the financial or
other interests that the Investment Adviser and Goldman Sachs may
have in transactions effected by, with or on behalf of the Company.
The conflicts herein do not purport to be a complete list or
explanation of the conflicts or potential conflicts associated with
the financial or other interests the Company or Goldman Sachs may
have now or in the future. Additional information about potential
conflicts of interest regarding the Investment Adviser and Goldman
Sachs is set forth in the Investment Adviser’s Form ADV. A copy of
Part 1 and Part 2A of the Investment Adviser’s Form ADV is
available on the SEC’s website (www.adviserinfo.sec.gov). A
copy of Part 2 of the Investment Adviser’s Form ADV will be
provided to investors or prospective investors upon request.
Other Activities of Goldman Sachs, the Sale of the Company’s
Stock and the Allocation of Investment Opportunities
Sales Incentives and Related Conflicts Arising from Goldman
Sachs’ Financial and Other Relationships with
Intermediaries
Goldman Sachs and its personnel, including employees of the
Investment Adviser, may receive benefits and earn fees and
compensation for services provided to Accounts (including the
Company). Moreover, Goldman Sachs and its personnel, including
employees of the Investment Adviser, may have relationships (both
involving and not involving the Company, and including without
limitation placement, brokerage, advisory and board relationships)
with distributors, consultants and others who recommend, or engage
in transactions with or for, the Company. Such distributors,
consultants and other parties may receive compensation from Goldman
Sachs or the Company in connection with such relationships. As a
result of these relationships, distributors, consultants and other
parties may have conflicts that create incentives for them to
promote the Company.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company and Goldman
Sachs may make payments to authorized dealers and other financial
intermediaries and to salespersons (collectively, “Intermediaries”)
from time to time to promote the Company. These payments may be
made out of Goldman Sachs’ assets, or amounts payable to Goldman
Sachs. These payments may create an incentive for a particular
Intermediary to highlight, feature or recommend the Company.
Allocation of Investment Opportunities and Expenses Among the
Company and Other Accounts
The Company’s investment objectives and investment strategies are
similar to those of other Accounts managed by the Investment
Adviser (including GS PMMC and GS PMMC II) (including Accounts in
which
16
Goldman Sachs and its personnel have an interest), and an
investment appropriate for the Company may also be appropriate for
those Accounts (including GS PMMC and GS PMMC II). This creates
potential conflicts in allocating investment opportunities among
the Company and such other Accounts, particularly in circumstances
where the availability or liquidity of such investment
opportunities is limited or where co-investments by the Company and
other Accounts are not permitted under applicable law.
The Company is prohibited under the Investment Company Act from
participating in certain transactions with its affiliates without
the prior approval of the Independent Directors and, in some cases,
of the SEC. Any person that owns, directly or indirectly, five
percent or more of the Company’s outstanding voting securities will
be an affiliate of the Company for purposes of the Investment
Company Act, and the Company is generally prohibited from buying or
selling any assets from or to, or entering into certain “joint”
transactions (which could include investments in the same portfolio
company) with such affiliates, absent the prior approval of the
Independent Directors. The Investment Adviser and its affiliates,
including persons that control, or are under common control with,
the Company or the Investment Adviser, are also considered to be
affiliates of the Company under the Investment Company Act, and the
Company is generally prohibited from buying or selling any assets
from or to, or entering into “joint” transactions with, such
affiliates without exemptive relief from the SEC.
Subject to applicable law, we may invest alongside Goldman Sachs
and its Accounts. In certain circumstances, negotiated
co-investments by us and other Accounts may be made only pursuant
to an order from the SEC permitting us to do so. Together with our
Investment Adviser, GS PMMC and GS MMLC (which was merged with GS
BDC on October 12, 2020), we applied for and received an
exemptive order from the SEC that permits us to participate in
negotiated co-investment transactions with certain affiliates
(including GS PMMC and GS PMMC II), each of whose investment
adviser is GSAM, after the date of the exemptive order, subject to
certain conditions, such as that co-investments be made in a manner
consistent with our investment objectives, positions, policies,
strategies and restrictions, as well as regulatory requirements and
pursuant to the conditions required by the exemptive relief, and
are allocated fairly among participants. As a result of such order,
there could be significant overlap in our investment portfolio and
the investment portfolios of GS PMMC and GS PMMC II and/or other
funds managed by our Investment Adviser. If our Investment Adviser
identifies an investment and we are unable to rely on our exemptive
relief for that particular opportunity, our Investment Adviser will
be required to determine which Accounts should make the investment
at the potential exclusion of other Accounts. In such
circumstances, the Investment Adviser will adhere to its investment
allocation policy in order to determine the Account to which to
allocate the opportunity. The policy provides that our Investment
Adviser allocate opportunities through a rotation system or in such
other manner as our Investment Adviser determines to be equitable.
Accordingly, it is possible that we may not be given the
opportunity to participate in certain investments made by other
Accounts.
The Company may also invest alongside other Accounts advised by the
Investment Adviser and its affiliates in certain circumstances
where doing so is consistent with applicable law and SEC staff
guidance and interpretations. For example, the Company may invest
alongside such Accounts consistent with guidance promulgated by the
staff of the SEC permitting the Company and such other Accounts to
purchase interests in a single class of privately placed securities
so long as certain conditions are met. The Company may also invest
alongside the Investment Adviser’s other clients as otherwise
permissible under SEC staff guidance and interpretations,
applicable regulations and the allocation policy of the Investment
Adviser.
To address these potential conflicts, the Investment Adviser has
developed allocation policies and procedures that provide that
personnel of the Investment Adviser making portfolio decisions for
Accounts will make purchase and sale decisions for, and allocate
investment opportunities among, Accounts consistent with its
fiduciary obligations. To the extent permitted by applicable law,
these policies and procedures may result in the pro rata allocation
of limited opportunities across eligible Accounts managed by a
particular portfolio management team, but in many other cases such
allocations reflect numerous other factors as described below.
Accounts managed outside the GSAM Private Credit Group are
generally viewed separately for allocation
17
purposes. There will be cases where certain Accounts (including
Accounts in which Goldman Sachs and its personnel have an interest)
receive an allocation of an investment opportunity when the Company
does not and vice versa.
Personnel of the Investment Adviser involved in decision-making for
Accounts may make allocation related decisions for the Company and
other Accounts by reference to one or more factors, including: the
Account’s portfolio and its investment horizons, objectives,
guidelines and restrictions (including legal and regulatory
restrictions); strategic fit and other portfolio management
considerations, including different desired levels of investment
for different strategies; client instructions; the expected future
capacity of the applicable Accounts; cash and liquidity needs and
considerations; the availability of other appropriate or
substantially similar investment opportunities; and differences in
benchmark factors and hedging strategies among Accounts.
Suitability considerations, reputational matters and other
considerations may also be considered. The application of these
considerations may cause differences in the performance of
different Accounts that have similar strategies. In addition, in
some cases the Investment Adviser may make investment
recommendations to Accounts where the Accounts make the investment
independently of the Investment Adviser, which may result in a
reduction in the availability of the investment opportunity for
other Accounts (including the Company) irrespective of the
Investment Adviser’s policies regarding allocation of
investments. Additional information about the Investment
Adviser’s allocation policies is set forth in Item 6
(“Performance-based Fees and Side-by-Side Management—Side-by-Side
Management of Advisory Accounts; Allocation of Opportunities”) of
the Investment Adviser’s Form ADV.
The Investment Adviser, including the GSAM Credit Alternatives
investment team, may, from time to time, develop and implement new
trading strategies or seek to participate in new investment
opportunities and trading strategies. These opportunities and
strategies may not be employed in all Accounts or pro rata among
Accounts where they are employed, even if the opportunity or
strategy is consistent with the objectives of such Accounts.
Further, a trading strategy employed for the Company that is
similar to, or the same as that of, another Account may be
implemented differently, sometimes to a material extent. For
example, the Company may invest in different securities or other
assets, or invest in the same securities and other assets but in
different proportions, than another Account with the same or
similar trading strategy. The implementation of the Company’s
trading strategy will depend on a variety of factors, including the
portfolio managers involved in managing the trading strategy for
the Account, the time difference associated with the location of
different portfolio management teams, and the factors described
above.
During periods of unusual market conditions, the Investment Adviser
may deviate from its normal trade allocation practices. For
example, this may occur with respect to the management of unlevered
and/or long-only Accounts that are typically managed on a
side-by-side basis with levered and/or long-short Accounts.
The Company may receive opportunities referred by Goldman Sachs
businesses and affiliates, but in no event does the Company have
any rights with respect to such opportunities. Subject to
applicable law, including the Investment Company Act, such
opportunities or any portion thereof may be offered to other
Accounts, Goldman Sachs, all or certain investors in the Company,
or such other persons or entities as determined by Goldman Sachs in
its sole discretion. The Company will have no rights and will not
receive any compensation related to such opportunities. Certain of
such opportunities may be referred to the Company by employees or
other personnel of GS & Co., or by third-parties. If the
Company invests in any such opportunities, GS & Co. or
such third-parties may be entitled, to the extent permitted by
applicable law, including the limitations set forth
in Section 57(k) of the Investment Company Act, to
compensation from the Company or from the borrowers in connection
with such investments. Any compensation the Company pays in
connection with such referrals will be an operating expense and
will accordingly be borne by the Company (and will not serve to
offset any Management Fee or Incentive Fee payable to the
Investment Adviser). For a further explanation of the allocation of
opportunities and other conflicts and the risks related thereto,
please see “Risk Factors.”
Expenses are generally allocated to Accounts (including the
Company) based on whose behalf the expenses are incurred. Where the
Company and one or more other Accounts participate in a particular
investment
18
or collectively incur other expenses, the Investment Adviser
generally allocates investment-related and other expenses in a
manner the Investment Adviser determines to be fair and equitable,
which may be pro rata or on a different basis.
The Company and other Accounts may contract for and incur expenses
in connection with certain services provided by third parties,
including valuation agents, rating agencies, attorneys, accountants
and other professional service providers, while other Accounts that
did not contract for such services may not incur such expenses even
though they directly or indirectly receive benefit from such
services. For example, the work of valuation firms retained by us
at the request of the our Board of Directors benefit certain
Accounts that invest in the same assets as us, but because such
other Accounts did not request such services they are not allocated
any costs associated therewith. While it is generally expected that
the Accounts requesting third party services will bear the full
expense associated therewith, GSAM may in its sole discretion
determine to bear the portion of such expenses that would be
allocable to the non-requesting Accounts had such Accounts
requested the services.
Goldman Sachs’ Financial and Other Interests May Incentivize
Goldman Sachs to Promote the Sale of Our Common Stock or Favor
Other Accounts.
The Investment Adviser receives performance-based compensation in
respect of its investment management activities on the Company’s
behalf, which rewards the Investment Adviser for positive
performance of the Company’s investment portfolio. As a result, the
Investment Adviser may make investments for the Company that
present a greater potential for return but also a greater risk of
loss or that are more speculative than would be the case in the
absence of performance-based compensation. In addition, the
Investment Adviser may simultaneously manage other Accounts
(including other BDCs (including GS PMMC and GS PMMC II)) for which
the Investment Adviser may be entitled to receive greater fees or
other compensation (as a percentage of performance or otherwise)
than it receives in respect of us. In addition, subject to
applicable law, Goldman Sachs may invest in other Accounts
(including other BDCs (including GS PMMC and GS PMMC II)), and such
investments may constitute substantial percentages of such other
Accounts’ outstanding equity interests. Therefore, the Investment
Adviser may have an incentive to favor such other Accounts over us.
To address these types of conflicts, the Investment Adviser has
adopted policies and procedures under which investment
opportunities will be allocated in a manner that it believes is
consistent with its obligations as an investment adviser. However,
the amount, timing, structuring or terms of an investment by the
Company may differ from, and performance may be different than, the
investments and performance of other Accounts.
Management of the Company by the Investment Adviser
Considerations Relating to Information Held by Goldman
Sachs
Goldman Sachs has established certain information barriers and
other policies to address the sharing of information between
different businesses within Goldman Sachs. As a result of
information barriers, the Investment Adviser generally will not
have access, or will have limited access, to information and
personnel in other areas of Goldman Sachs, and generally will not
be able to manage the Company with the benefit of information held
by such other areas. Such other areas, including without
limitation, Goldman Sachs’ prime brokerage and administration
businesses, will have broad access to detailed information that is
not available to the Investment Adviser, including information in
respect of markets and investments, which, if known to the
Investment Adviser, might cause the Investment Adviser to seek to
dispose of, retain or increase interests in investments held by the
Company or acquire certain positions on the Company’s behalf, or
take other actions. Goldman Sachs will be under no obligation or
fiduciary or other duty to make any such information available to
the Investment Adviser or personnel of the Investment Adviser
involved in decision-making for the Company. There may be
circumstances in which, as a result of information held by certain
of the Investment Adviser’s portfolio management teams, the
Investment Adviser limits an activity or a transaction for the
Company, including if the team holding such information is not
managing the Company. In addition, regardless of the existence
of information barriers, Goldman Sachs will not have any obligation
or other duty to make available
19
any information regarding its trading activities, strategies or
views, or the activities, strategies or views used for other
Accounts, for the benefit of the Company. Different areas of the
Investment Adviser and Goldman Sachs may take views, and make
decisions or recommendations, that are different than those of
other areas of the Investment Adviser and Goldman Sachs. Different
portfolio management teams within the Investment Adviser may make
decisions based on information or take (or refrain from taking)
actions with respect to Accounts they advise in a manner that may
be different than with respect, or adverse, to the Company. Such
teams may not share information with the Company’s portfolio
management team, including as a result of certain information
barriers and other policies and will not have any obligation to do
so.
Valuation of the Company’s Investments
The Investment Adviser performs certain valuation services related
to securities and assets held in the Company. The Investment
Adviser, pursuant to delegated authority, and subject to the
supervision of the Board of Directors, values the Company’s
securities and assets according to the Company’s valuation
policies, and may value an identical asset differently than another
division or unit within Goldman Sachs or another Account values the
asset, including because such other division or unit or Account has
information or uses valuation techniques and models that it does
not share with, or that are different than those of, the Investment
Adviser or the Company. This is particularly the case in respect of
difficult-to-value assets. The Investment Adviser may face a
conflict with respect to valuations generally because of their
effect on the Investment Adviser’s fees and other compensation.
Goldman Sachs’ and the Investment Adviser’s Activities on
Behalf of Other Accounts
The Investment Adviser’s decisions and actions on behalf of the
Company may differ from those on behalf of other Accounts. Advice
given to, or investment or voting decisions made for, one or more
Accounts, may compete with, affect, differ from, conflict with, or
involve timing different from, advice given to or investment or
voting decisions made for the Company.
Goldman Sachs engages in a variety of activities in the global
financial markets. The extent of Goldman Sachs’ activities in the
global financial markets, including without limitation in its
capacity as an investment banker, market maker, financier, lender,
investor, prime broker, derivatives dealer, adviser, counterparty,
agent, principal and research provider, may have potential adverse
effects on the Company. Goldman Sachs, the clients it advises, and
its personnel have interests in and advise Accounts which have
investment objectives or portfolios similar to, related to or
opposed to those of the Company.
Goldman Sachs (including GSAM), the clients it advises, and its
personnel have interests in and advise Accounts that have
investment objectives or portfolios similar to, related to or
opposed to those of the Company. Goldman Sachs may receive greater
fees or other compensation (including performance-based fees) from
such Accounts than it does from the Company. In addition, Goldman
Sachs (including GSAM), the clients it advises, and its personnel
may engage (or consider engaging) in commercial arrangements or
transactions with Accounts, and/or may compete for commercial
arrangements or transactions in the same types of companies,
assets, securities and other instruments, as the Company. Decisions
and actions of the Investment Adviser on behalf of the Company may
differ from those by Goldman Sachs (including the Investment
Adviser) on behalf of other Accounts. Advice given to, or
investment or voting decisions made for, the Company may compete
with, affect, differ from, conflict with, or involve timing
different from, advice given to, or investment or voting decisions
made for, other Accounts. Transactions by, advice to and activities
of such Accounts may involve the same or related companies,
securities or other assets or instruments as those in which the
Company invests, and such Accounts may engage in a strategy while
the Company is undertaking the same or a differing strategy, any of
which could directly or indirectly disadvantage the Company
(including its ability to engage in a transaction or other
activities) or the prices or terms at which the Company’s
transactions or other activities may be effected. For example,
Goldman Sachs may be engaged to provide advice to an Account that
is considering entering into a transaction with the Company, and
Goldman Sachs may advise the Account not to pursue the transaction
with the
20
Company, or otherwise in connection with a potential transaction
provide advice to the Account that would be adverse to the Company.
Additionally, the Company may buy a security and Goldman Sachs may
establish a short position in that same security or in similar
securities. This short position may result in the impairment of the
price of the security that the Company holds or may be designed to
profit from a decline in the price of the security. The Company
could similarly be adversely impacted if it establishes a short
position, following which Goldman Sachs takes a long position in
the same security or in similar securities. To the extent the
Company engages in transactions in the same or similar types of
securities or other investments as other Accounts, the Company and
other Accounts may compete for such transactions or investments,
and transactions or investments by such other Accounts may
negatively affect the investments of the Company (including the
ability of the Company to engage in such a transaction or
investment or other activities), or the price or terms at which the
Company’s transactions or investments or other activities may be
effected. Moreover, Goldman Sachs or Accounts, on the one hand, and
the Company, on the other hand, may vote differently on or take or
refrain from taking different actions with respect to the same
security, which may be disadvantageous to the Company.
Goldman Sachs (including, as applicable, the Investment Adviser)
and its personnel, when acting as an investment banker, market
maker, financier, lender, investor, prime broker, derivatives
dealer, adviser, counterparty, agent, principal or research
provider, or in other capacities, may advise on transactions, may
make investment decisions or recommendations, provide differing
investment views or have views with respect to research or
valuations that are inconsistent with, or adverse to, the Company’s
interests and activities. Members may be offered access to advisory
services through several different Goldman Sachs advisory
businesses (including GS & Co. and GSAM). Different
advisory businesses within Goldman Sachs manage Accounts according
to different strategies and may also apply different criteria to
the same or similar strategies and may have differing investment
views in respect of an issuer or a security or other investment.
Similarly, within the Investment Adviser, certain portfolio
management teams may have differing or opposite investment views in
respect of an issuer or a security, and the actions the Company’s
portfolio management team takes in respect of the Company’s
investments may be inconsistent with, or adversely affected by, the
interests and activities of the Accounts advised by other portfolio
management teams of the Investment Adviser. Research analyses or
viewpoints may be available to clients or potential clients at
different times. Goldman Sachs will not have any obligation or
other duty to make available to the Company any research or
analysis prior to its public dissemination. The Investment Adviser
is responsible for making investment decisions on the Company’s
behalf, and such investment decisions can differ from investment
decisions or recommendations by Goldman Sachs on behalf of other
Accounts. Goldman Sachs may, on behalf of other Accounts and in
accordance with its management of such Accounts, implement an
investment decision or strategy ahead of, or contemporaneously
with, or behind similar investment decisions or strategies made for
the Company. The relative timing for the implementation of
investment decisions or strategies among Accounts and the Company
may disadvantage the Company. Certain factors, for example, market
impact, liquidity constraints, or other circumstances, could result
in the Company receiving less favorable trading results or
incurring increased costs associated with implementing such
investment decisions or strategies, or being otherwise
disadvantaged.
Subject to applicable law, the Investment Adviser may cause the
Company to invest in securities, loans or other obligations of
companies affiliated with Goldman Sachs or in which Goldman Sachs
or Accounts have an equity, debt or other interest, or to engage in
investment transactions that may result in other Accounts being
relieved of obligations or otherwise divesting of investments,
which may enhance the profitability of Goldman Sachs’ or other
Accounts’ investments in and activities with respect to such
companies.
Goldman Sachs may, in its discretion, recommend that the Company
have ongoing business dealings, arrangements or agreements with
persons who are former employees of Goldman Sachs. The Company may
bear, directly or indirectly, the costs of such dealings,
arrangements or agreements. These recommendations and
recommendations relating to continuing any such dealings,
arrangements or agreements may pose conflicts of interest.
21
Potential Conflicts Relating to Follow-On
Investments
To the extent permitted by law, from time to time, the Investment
Adviser may provide opportunities to Accounts (including
potentially the Company) to make investments in companies in which
certain Accounts have already invested. Such follow-on investments
can create conflicts of interest, such as the determination of the
terms of the new investment and the allocation of such
opportunities among Accounts (including the Company). Follow-on
investment opportunities may be available to the Company
notwithstanding that the Company has no existing investment in the
issuer, resulting in the assets of the Company potentially
providing value to, or otherwise supporting the investments of,
other Accounts. Accounts (including the Company) may also
participate in releveraging, recapitalization, and similar
transactions involving companies in which other Accounts have
invested or will invest. Conflicts of interest in these and other
transactions may arise between Accounts (including the Company)
with existing investments in a company and Accounts making
subsequent investments in the company, which may have opposing
interests regarding pricing and other terms. The subsequent
investments may dilute or otherwise adversely affect the interests
of the previously-invested Accounts (including the Company).
Diverse Interests
The various types of investors in and beneficiaries of the Company,
including to the extent applicable the Investment Adviser and its
affiliates, may have conflicting investment, tax and other
interests with respect to their interest in the Company. When
considering a potential investment for the Company, the Investment
Adviser will generally consider the investment objectives of the
Company, not the investment objectives of any particular investor
or beneficiary. The Investment Adviser may make decisions,
including with respect to tax matters, from time to time that may
be more beneficial to one type of investor or beneficiary than
another, or to the Investment Adviser and its affiliates than to
investors or beneficiaries unaffiliated with the Investment
Adviser. In addition, Goldman Sachs may face certain tax risks
based on positions taken by the Company, including as a withholding
agent. Goldman Sachs reserves the right on behalf of itself and its
affiliates to take actions adverse to the Company or other Accounts
in these circumstances, including withholding amounts to cover
actual or potential tax liabilities.
Selection of Service Providers
The Company expects to engage service providers (including
attorneys and consultants) that may also provide services to other
Goldman Sachs affiliates. The Investment Adviser intends to select
these service providers based on a number of factors, including
expertise and experience, knowledge of related or similar products,
quality of service, reputation in the marketplace, relationships
with the Investment Adviser, Goldman Sachs or others, and price.
These service providers may have business, financial, or other
relationships with Goldman Sachs, which may or may not influence
the Investment Adviser’s selection of these service providers for
the Company. In such circumstances, there may be a conflict of
interest between Goldman Sachs (acting on behalf of the Company)
and the Company, if the Company determines not to engage or
continue to engage these service providers. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the selection of service providers for the Company will
be conducted in accordance with the Investment Adviser’s fiduciary
obligations to the Company. The service providers selected by the
Investment Adviser may charge different rates to different
recipients based on the specific services provided, the personnel
providing the services, or other factors. As a result, the rates
paid to these service providers by the Company, on the one hand,
may be more or less favorable than the rates paid by Goldman Sachs
or other Accounts, on the other hand. Goldman Sachs (including
GSAM) may hold investments in companies that provide services to
entities in which the Company invests generally, and, subject to
applicable law, GSAM may refer or introduce such companies’
services to entities that have issued securities held by the
Company.
22
Investments in Goldman Sachs Funds
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Company may invest
in money market and other funds sponsored, managed or advised by
Goldman Sachs. Advisory fees paid to the Investment Adviser by the
Company will not be reduced by any fees payable by the Company to
Goldman Sachs as manager of such money market funds (i.e., there
could be “double fees” involved in making any such investment
because Goldman Sachs could receive fees with respect to both the
Company’s management and such money market fund), other than in
certain specified cases. In such circumstances, as well as in all
other circumstances in which Goldman Sachs receives any fees or
other compensation in any form relating to the provision of
services, no accounting or repayment to the Company will be
required.
Goldman Sachs May In-Source or Outsource
Subject to applicable law, Goldman Sachs, including the Investment
Adviser, may from time to time and without notice to investors
in-source or outsource certain processes or functions in connection
with a variety of services that it provides to the Company in its
administrative or other capacities. Such in-sourcing or outsourcing
may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.
Potential Merger with or Asset Sale to Another Fund Managed
by GSAM
Our Investment Adviser recommended the Merger to our Board of
Directors and may in the future recommend to the Board of Directors
that we merge with or acquire all or substantially all of the
assets of one or more funds including a fund that could be managed
by our Investment Adviser (including another BDC). We do not expect
that our Investment Adviser would recommend any such merger or
asset purchase unless it determines that it would be in our best
interests, with such determination dependent on factors it deems
relevant, which may include historical and projected financial
performance of us and any proposed merger partner, portfolio
composition, potential synergies from the merger or asset purchase,
available alternative options and market conditions. In addition,
no such merger or asset sale would be consummated absent the
meeting of various conditions required by applicable law or
contract, at such time, which may include approval of the board of
directors and common equity holders of both funds and/or accounts.
If our Investment Adviser is the investment adviser of both funds,
as is the case in the Merger, various conflicts of interest exist
with respect to such transaction. Such conflicts of interest may
potentially arise from, among other things, differences between the
compensation payable to the Investment Adviser by us and by the
entity resulting from such a merger or asset purchase or
efficiencies or other benefits to our Investment Adviser as a
result of managing a single, larger fund or account instead of two
separate funds and/or accounts.
Goldman Sachs May Act in a Capacity Other Than Investment
Adviser to the Company
Investments in Different Parts of an Issuer’s Capital
Structure
When permitted by applicable law, Goldman Sachs or Accounts, on the
one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, may invest in or
extend credit to different classes of securities or different parts
of the capital structure of a single issuer. As a result, Goldman
Sachs (including GSAM) or Accounts may take actions that adversely
affect the Company. In addition, when permitted by applicable law,
Goldman Sachs (including GSAM) may advise Accounts with respect to
different parts of the capital structure of the same issuer, or
classes of securities that are subordinate or senior to securities,
in which the Company invests. Goldman Sachs (including GSAM) may
pursue rights, provide advice or engage in other activities, or
refrain from pursuing rights, providing advice or engaging in other
activities, on behalf of itself or other Accounts with respect to
an issuer in which the Company has invested, and such actions (or
refraining from action) may have a material adverse effect on the
Company.
For example, in the event that Goldman Sachs (including GSAM) or an
Account holds loans, securities or other positions in the capital
structure of an issuer that ranks senior in preference to the
holdings of the
23
Company in the same issuer, and the issuer experiences financial or
operational challenges, Goldman Sachs (including GSAM), acting on
behalf of itself or the Account, may seek a liquidation,
reorganization or restructuring of the issuer, or terms in
connection with the foregoing, that may have an adverse effect on
or otherwise conflict with the interests of the Company’s holdings
in the issuer. In connection with any such liquidation,
reorganization or restructuring, the Company’s holdings in the
issuer may be extinguished or substantially diluted, while Goldman
Sachs (including GSAM) or another Account may receive a recovery of
some or all of the amounts due to them. In addition, in connection
with any lending arrangements involving the issuer in which Goldman
Sachs (including GSAM) or an Account participates, Goldman Sachs
(including GSAM) or the Account may seek to exercise its rights
under the applicable loan agreement or other document, which may be
detrimental to the Company. Alternatively, in situations in which
the Company holds a more senior position in the capital structure
of an issuer experiencing financial or other difficulties as
compared to positions held by other Accounts (which may include
those of Goldman Sachs, including GSAM), the Investment Adviser may
determine not to pursue actions and remedies that may be available
to the Company or particular terms that might be unfavorable to the
Accounts holding the less senior position. In addition, in the
event that Goldman Sachs (including GSAM) or the Accounts hold
voting securities of an issuer in which the Company holds loans,
bonds or other credit-related assets or securities, Goldman Sachs
(including GSAM) or the Accounts may vote on certain matters in a
manner that has an adverse effect on the positions held by the
Company. Conversely, Accounts may hold voting securities of an
issuer in which Goldman Sachs (including GSAM) or Accounts hold
credit-related assets or securities, and the Investment Adviser may
determine on behalf of the Accounts not to vote in a manner adverse
to Goldman Sachs (including GSAM) or the Accounts. These potential
issues are examples of conflicts that Goldman Sachs (including
GSAM) will face in situations in which the Company and Goldman
Sachs (including GSAM) or other Accounts invest in or extend credit
to different parts of the capital structure of a single issuer.
Goldman Sachs (including GSAM) addresses these issues based on the
circumstances of particular situations. For example, Goldman Sachs
(including GSAM) may determine to rely on information barriers
between different Goldman Sachs (including GSAM) business units or
portfolio management teams. Also in connection with a conflicted
situation regarding the Company, or an Account other than the
Company or its own account, Goldman Sachs may determine to rely on
the actions of similarly situated holders of loans or securities
rather than, or in connection with, taking such actions itself on
behalf of the Account. As a result of the various conflicts and
related issues described in this paragraph, the Company could
sustain losses during periods in which Goldman Sachs and other
Accounts achieve profits generally or with respect to particular
holdings, or could achieve lower profits or higher losses than
would have been the case had the conflicts described above not
existed. The negative effects described above may be more
pronounced in connection with transactions in, or the Company’s use
of, small capitalization, emerging market, distressed or less
liquid strategies.
Cross Transactions
When permitted by applicable law and the Investment Adviser’s and
the Company’s policies, the Investment Adviser, acting on behalf of
the Company, may enter into transactions in securities and other
instruments with or through Goldman Sachs or in Accounts managed by
the Investment Adviser or its affiliates, and may (but is under no
obligation or other duty to) cause the Company to engage in
transactions in which the Investment Adviser, advises both sides of
a transaction (cross transactions) and acts as broker for, and
receives a commission from, the Company on one side of a
transaction and a brokerage account on the other side of the
transaction (agency cross transactions). There may be potential
conflicts of interest or regulatory restrictions relating to these
transactions which could limit the Investment Adviser’s decision to
engage in these transactions for the Company. Goldman Sachs will
have potentially conflicting division of loyalties and
responsibilities to the parties in such transactions, including
with respect to a decision to enter into such transactions as well
as with respect to valuation, pricing and other terms. The
Investment Adviser has developed policies and procedures in
relation to such transactions and conflicts. However, there can be
no assurance that such transactions will be effected, or that such
transactions will be effected in the manner that is most favorable
to the Company as a party to any such transaction. Cross
transactions may disproportionately benefit some Accounts relative
to other
24
Accounts, including the Company, due to the relative amount of
market savings obtained by the Accounts. Cross or agency cross
transactions will be effected in accordance with fiduciary
requirements and applicable law.
Goldman Sachs May Act in Multiple Commercial Capacities
To the extent permitted by applicable law, Goldman Sachs may act as
broker, dealer, agent, lender or advisor or in other commercial
capacities for the Company or issuers of securities held by the
Company. Goldman Sachs may be entitled to compensation in
connection with the provision of such services, and the Company
will not be entitled to any such compensation. Goldman Sachs will
have an interest in obtaining fees and other compensation in
connection with such services that are favorable to Goldman Sachs,
and may take commercial steps in its own interests, or may advise
the parties to which it is providing such services to take steps or
engage in transactions, that negatively affect the Company. For
example, Goldman Sachs may require repayment of all or part of a
loan at any time and from time to time or declare a default under
an agreement with the Company or a portfolio company of the
Company, liquidate the Company’s assets or redeem positions more
rapidly (and at significantly lower prices) than might otherwise be
desirable. In addition, due to its access to and knowledge of
funds, markets and securities based on its other businesses,
Goldman Sachs may make decisions based on information or take (or
refrain from taking) actions with respect to interests in
investments of the kind held directly or indirectly by the Company
in a manner that may be adverse to the Company. Goldman Sachs may
also derive benefits from providing services to the Company, which
may enhance Goldman Sachs’ relationships with various parties,
facilitate additional business development and enable Goldman Sachs
to obtain additional business and generate additional revenue.
Goldman Sachs has acted in the past, and is expected to act in the
future, as an underwriter, placement agent, dealer or in other
capacities in connection with fundraising by the Company. Goldman
Sachs has been compensated by the Company for such activities in
the past and would be compensated by the Company for any such
activities undertaken in the future. For example, Goldman Sachs
served as joint bookrunning manager in an offering of the Company’s
common stock in May 2017, for which Goldman Sachs received
underwriting discounts and commissions of $0.675 per share with
respect to its allocation of 260,000 shares plus its allocable
portion of the option to purchase additional shares of our common
stock, in July 2016 and October 2016, Goldman Sachs served as joint
bookrunning manager in offerings of our Convertible Notes, and in
February 2020, Goldman Sachs served as joint bookrunning manager in
the offering of our 2025 Notes.
Goldman Sachs’ activities on behalf of its clients may also
restrict investment opportunities that may be available to the
Company. For example, Goldman Sachs is often engaged by companies
as a financial advisor, or to provide financing or other services,
in connection with commercial transactions that may be potential
investment opportunities for the Company. There may be
circumstances in which the Company is precluded from participating
in such transactions as a result of Goldman Sachs’ engagement by
such companies. Goldman Sachs reserves the right to act for these
companies in such circumstances, notwithstanding the potential
adverse effect on the Company. Goldman Sachs may also represent
creditor or debtor companies in proceedings under Chapter 11
of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (and equivalent non-U.S. bankruptcy
laws) or prior to these proceedings. From time to time, Goldman
Sachs may serve on creditor or equity committees. These actions,
for which Goldman Sachs may be compensated, may limit or preclude
the flexibility that the Company may otherwise have to buy or sell
securities issued by those companies, as well as certain other
assets. Please also refer to “—Management of the Company by the
Investment Adviser—Considerations Relating to Information Held by
Goldman Sachs” above and “—Potential Limitations and Restrictions
on Investment Opportunities and Activities of the Investment
Adviser and the Company” below.
Subject to applicable law, Goldman Sachs or Accounts may invest in
the Company and such investments may constitute substantial
percentages of the Company’s outstanding equity interests.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, Goldman Sachs may
create, write, sell, issue, invest in or act as placement agent or
distributor of derivative instruments related to the Company, or
with respect to the
25
Company’s underlying securities or assets, or which may be
otherwise based on or seek to replicate or hedge the Company’s
performance. Such derivative transactions, and any associated
hedging activity, may differ from and be adverse to the interests
of the Company.
Goldman Sachs may make loans or enter into margin, asset-based or
other credit facilities or similar transactions that may be secured
by a client’s assets or interests, including the Company’s equity,
interests in an Account or assets in which the Company or an
Account has an interest. Some of these borrowers may be public or
private companies, or founders, officers or shareholders in
companies in which the Company (directly or indirectly) invests,
and such loans may be secured by securities of such companies,
which may be the same as, pari passu with, or more senior or junior
to, interests held (directly or indirectly) by the Company. In
connection with its rights as lender, Goldman Sachs may take
actions that adversely affect the Account and which may in turn
adversely affect the Company (e.g., if the Company holds the same
type of security that is providing the credit support to the
borrower Account, such holding may be disadvantaged when the
borrower Account liquidates assets in response to an action taken
by Goldman Sachs).
Code of Ethics and Personal Trading
Each of the Company, GSAM, as the Company’s investment adviser, and
GS & Co. and Goldman Sachs International, as principal
underwriters (if applicable), has adopted a Code of Ethics (the
“Code of Ethics”) in compliance with Section 17(j) of the
Investment Company Act designed to provide that the Company’s
directors, personnel of the Investment Adviser, and certain
additional Goldman Sachs personnel who support the Investment
Adviser, comply with applicable federal securities laws and place
the interests of clients first in conducting personal securities
transactions. The Code of Ethics imposes certain restrictions on
securities transactions in the personal accounts of covered persons
to help avoid conflicts of interest. Subject to the limitations of
the Code of Ethics, covered persons may buy and sell securities or
other investments for their personal accounts, including
investments in the Company, and may also take positions that are
the same as, different from, or made at different times than,
positions taken by the Company. Additionally, Goldman Sachs
personnel, including personnel of the Investment Adviser, are
subject to firm-wide policies and procedures regarding confidential
and proprietary information, information barriers, private
investments, outside business activities and personal trading.
Related Party Transaction Review Policy
The Audit Committee will review any potential related party
transactions brought to its attention and, during these reviews,
will consider any conflicts of interest brought to its attention
pursuant to the Company’s Code of Ethics. Each of the Company’s
directors and executive officers completes a questionnaire on an
annual basis designed to elicit information about any potential
related party transactions.
Proxy Voting by the Investment Adviser
The Investment Adviser has implemented processes designed to
prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting
decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including
the Company, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in
accordance with its fiduciary obligations to its clients.
Notwithstanding such proxy voting processes, proxy voting decisions
made by the Investment Adviser with respect to securities held by
the Company may benefit the interests of Goldman Sachs and Accounts
other than the Company.
Potential Limitations and Restrictions on Investment
Opportunities and Activities of the Investment Adviser and the
Company
The Investment Adviser may restrict its investment decisions and
activities on behalf of the Company in various circumstances,
including as a result of applicable regulatory requirements,
information held by Goldman
26
Sachs, Goldman Sachs’ roles in connection with other clients and in
the capital markets (including in connection with advice it may
give to such clients or commercial arrangements or transactions
that may be undertaken by such clients or by Goldman Sachs),
Goldman Sachs’ internal policies and/or potential reputational risk
or disadvantage to Accounts, including the Company, and Goldman
Sachs. The Investment Adviser might not engage in transactions or
other activities for, or enforce certain rights in favor of, the
Company due to Goldman Sachs’ activities outside services provided
to the Company and regulatory requirements, policies and
reputational risk assessments.
In addition, the Investment Adviser may restrict or limit the
amount of the Company’s investment, or restrict the type of
governance or voting rights it acquires or exercises, where the
Company (potentially together with Goldman Sachs and other
Accounts) exceeds a certain ownership interest, or possesses
certain degrees of voting or control or have other interests. For
example, such limitations may exist if a position or transaction
could require a filing or license or other regulatory or corporate
consent, which could, among other things, result in additional
costs and disclosure obligations for, or impose regulatory
restrictions on, Goldman Sachs, including GSAM, or on other
Accounts, or where exceeding a threshold is prohibited or may
result in regulatory or other restrictions. In certain cases,
restrictions and limitations will be applied to avoid approaching
such threshold. Circumstances in which such restrictions or
limitations may arise include, without limitation: (i) a
strict prohibition against owning more than a certain percentage of
an issuer’s securities; (ii) a “poison pill” that would have a
material dilutive impact on the holdings of the Company in the
issuer should a threshold be exceeded; (iii) provisions that
would cause Goldman Sachs to be considered an “interested
stockholder” of an issuer should a threshold be exceeded;
(iv) provisions that may cause Goldman Sachs to be considered
an “affiliate” or “control person” of the issuer; and (v) the
imposition by an issuer (through charter amendment, contract or
otherwise) or governmental, regulatory or self-regulatory
organization (through law, rule, regulation, interpretation or
other guidance) of other restrictions or limitations.
When faced with the foregoing limitations, Goldman Sachs will
generally avoid exceeding the threshold because exceeding the
threshold could have an adverse impact on the ability of Goldman
Sachs to conduct its business activities. The Investment Adviser
may also reduce the Company’s interest in, or restrict the Company
from participating in, an investment opportunity that has limited
availability or where Goldman Sachs has determined to cap its
aggregate investment in consideration of certain regulatory or
other requirements so that other Accounts that pursue similar
investment strategies may be able to acquire an interest in the
investment opportunity. The Investment Adviser may determine not to
engage in certain transactions or activities which may be
beneficial to the Company because engaging in such transactions or
activities in compliance with applicable law would result in
significant cost to, or administrative burden on, the Investment
Adviser or create the potential risk of trade or other errors. In
circumstances in which the Company and one or more registered
investment funds are permitted under applicable law to make
side-by-side investments, Goldman Sachs, acting on behalf of the
Company, may be limited in the terms of the transactions that it
may negotiate under applicable law. This may have the effect of
limiting the ability of the Company from participating in certain
transactions or result in terms to the Company that are less
favorable than would have otherwise been the case.
The Investment Adviser is not permitted to use material non-public
information in effecting purchases and sales in public securities
transactions for the Company. The Investment Adviser may limit an
activity or transaction (such as a purchase or sale transaction)
which might otherwise be engaged in by the Company, including as a
result of information held by Goldman Sachs (including information
held by a portfolio management team in GSAM other than the team
managing the Company). For example, directors, officers and
employees of Goldman Sachs may take seats on the boards of
directors of, or have board of directors observer rights with
respect to, companies in which Goldman Sachs invests on behalf of
the Company. To the extent a director, officer or employee of
Goldman Sachs were to take a seat on the board of directors of, or
have board of directors observer rights with respect to, a public
company, the Investment Adviser (or certain of its investment
teams) would be limited and/or restricted in its or their ability
to trade in the securities of the company.
The Investment Adviser may also limit the activities and
transactions engaged in by the Company, and may limit its exercise
of rights on the Company’s behalf or in respect of the Company, for
reputational or other
27
reasons, including where Goldman Sachs is providing (or may
provide) advice or services to an entity involved in such activity
or transaction, where Goldman Sachs or an Account is or may be
engaged in the same or a related activity or transaction to that
being considered on behalf of the Company, where Goldman Sachs or
an Account has an interest in an entity involved in such activity
or transaction, or where such activity or transaction or the
exercise of such rights on behalf of the Company or in respect of
the Company could affect Goldman Sachs, the Investment Adviser or
their activities.
Furthermore, GSAM operates a program reasonably designed to ensure
compliance generally with economic and trade sanctions-related
obligations applicable directly to its activities (although such
obligations are not necessarily the same obligations that the
Company may be subject to). Such economic and trade sanctions
prohibit, among other things, transactions with and the provision
of services to, directly or indirectly, certain countries,
territories, entities and individuals. These economic and trade
sanctions, and the application by GSAM of its compliance program in
respect thereof, may significantly restrict or limit the Company’s
intended investment activities.
In light of the BHCA and the Volcker Rule, the Investment Adviser
may be required to, or may choose to, dispose of certain
investments on behalf of the Company earlier or at a different time
than the Investment Adviser would otherwise have determined to do
so (or earlier or at a different time than may be the case for
Accounts that are not pooled investment vehicles).
In order to engage in certain transactions on behalf of the
Company, the Investment Adviser will also be subject to (or cause
the Company to become subject to) the rules, terms and/or
conditions of any venues through which it trades securities,
derivatives or other instruments. This includes, but is not limited
to, where the Investment Adviser and/or the Company may be required
to comply with the rules of certain exchanges, execution platforms,
trading facilities, clearinghouses and other venues, or may be
required to consent to the jurisdiction of any such venues. The
rules, terms and/or conditions of any such venue may result in the
Investment Adviser and/or the Company being subject to, among other
things, margin requirements, additional fees and other charges,
disciplinary procedures, reporting and recordkeeping, position
limits and other restrictions on trading, settlement risks and
other related conditions on trading set out by such venues.
From time to time, the Company, the Investment Adviser or its
affiliates and/or their service providers or agents may be
required, or may determine that it is advisable, to disclose
certain information about the Company, including, but not limited
to, investments held by the Company, and the names and percentage
interest of beneficial owners thereof, to third parties, including
local governmental authorities, regulatory organizations, taxing
authorities, markets, exchanges, clearing facilities, custodians,
brokers and trading counterparties of, or service providers to, the
Investment Adviser or the Company. The Investment Adviser generally
expects to comply with requests to disclose such information as it
so determines, including through electronic delivery platforms;
however, the Investment Adviser may determine to cause the sale of
certain assets for the Company rather than make certain required
disclosures, and such sale may be at a time that is inopportune
from a pricing or other standpoint.
Pursuant to the BHCA, for so long as GSAM acts as Investment
Adviser of the Company or in certain other capacities, the periods
during which certain investments may be held are limited. As a
result, the Company may be required to dispose of investments at an
earlier date than would otherwise have been the case had the BHCA
not been applicable. In addition, under the Volcker Rule, the size
of Goldman Sachs’ and Goldman Sachs’ personnel’s ownership interest
in certain types of funds is limited, and as a result, Goldman
Sachs and Goldman Sachs’ personnel may be required to dispose of
all or a portion of its investment in the Company, if applicable,
including at times that other investors in the Company may not have
the opportunity to dispose of their investments in the Company. Any
such sale of Company interests by Goldman Sachs and Goldman Sachs’
personnel could reduce the alignment of interest of Goldman Sachs
with other investors in the Company.
28
Goldman Sachs may become subject to additional restrictions on its
business activities that could have an impact on the Company’s
activities. In addition, to the extent permitted by law, the
Investment Adviser may restrict its investment decisions and
activities on behalf of the Company and not other Accounts.
Brokerage Transactions
The Investment Adviser may select broker-dealers (including
affiliates of the Investment Adviser) that furnish the Investment
Adviser, the Company, their affiliates and other Goldman Sachs
personnel with proprietary or third-party brokerage and research
services (collectively, “brokerage and research services”) that
provide, in the Investment Adviser’s view, appropriate assistance
to the Investment Adviser in the investment decision-making
process. The Investment Adviser may pay for such brokerage and
research services with “soft” or commission dollars.
Subject to applicable law, brokerage and research services may be
used to service the Company and any or all other Accounts,
including Accounts that do not pay commissions to the broker-dealer
relating to the brokerage and research service arrangements. As a
result, the brokerage and research services (including soft dollar
benefits) may disproportionately benefit other Accounts relative to
the Company based on the amount of commissions paid by the Company
in comparison to such other Accounts. The Investment Adviser does
not attempt to allocate soft dollar benefits proportionately among
clients or to track the benefits of brokerage and research services
to the commissions associated with a particular Account or group of
Accounts.
Since the Company will generally acquire and dispose of investments
in privately negotiated transactions, it will infrequently use
brokers in the normal course of its business. Subject to policies
established by the Company’s Board of Directors, the Investment
Adviser will be primarily responsible for the execution of the
publicly traded securities portion of its portfolio transactions
and the allocation of brokerage commissions. The Investment Adviser
does not expect to execute transactions through any particular
broker or dealer, but will seek to obtain the best net results for
the Company, taking into account such factors as price (including
the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of
order, difficulty of execution, and operational facilities of the
firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of
securities. While the Investment Adviser generally will seek
reasonably competitive trade execution costs, the Company will not
necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available. Subject
to applicable legal requirements, the Investment Adviser may select
a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided
to the Investment Adviser and the Company and any other Accounts.
In return for such services, the Company may pay a higher
commission than other brokers would charge if the Investment
Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable
in relation to the services provided.
Aggregation of Trades by the Investment Adviser
The Investment Adviser follows policies and procedures pursuant to
which, subject to applicable law, it may combine or aggregate
purchase or sale orders for the same security or other instrument
for multiple clients (sometimes referred to as “bunching”)
(including Accounts that are proprietary to Goldman Sachs), so that
the orders can be executed at the same time and block trade
treatment of any such orders can be elected when available. The
Investment Adviser aggregates orders, when subject to applicable
law, the Investment Adviser considers doing so appropriate and in
the interests of its clients generally and may elect block trade
treatment when available. In addition, under certain circumstances
and subject to applicable law, trades for the Company may be
aggregated with Accounts that contain Goldman Sachs assets.
When a bunched order or block trade is completely filled, or, if
the order is only partially filled, at the end of the day, the
Investment Adviser generally will allocate the securities or other
instruments purchased or the proceeds of any sale pro rata among
the participating Accounts, based on the Company’s relative size
order. If an order is filled at several different prices, through
multiple trades (whether at a particular broker-dealer or among
multiple broker-dealers), generally all participating Accounts will
receive the average price and pay the average
29
commission. However, this may not always be the case (due to, e.g.,
odd lots, rounding, market practice or constraints applicable to
particular Accounts).
Although it may do so in certain circumstances, the Investment
Adviser does not always bunch or aggregate orders for different
Accounts, elect block trade treatment or net buy and sell orders
for the same Account, if portfolio management decisions relating to
the orders are made separately, or if bunching, aggregating,
electing block trade treatment or netting is not appropriate or
practicable from the Investment Adviser’s operational or other
perspective. The Investment Adviser may be able to negotiate a
better price and lower commission rate on aggregated trades than on
trades that are not aggregated, and incur lower transaction costs
on netted trades than trades that are not netted. Where
transactions for an Account are not aggregated with other orders,
or not netted against orders for the Company or other Accounts, the
Company may not benefit from a better price and lower commission
rate or lower transaction cost. Aggregation and netting of trades
may disproportionately benefit some Accounts relative to other
Accounts, including the Company, due to the relative amount of
market savings obtained by the Accounts.
Other present and future activities of Goldman Sachs may give rise
to additional conflicts of interest.
Certain Business Relationships
Certain of our current directors and officers are directors or
officers of affiliated Goldman Sachs entities.
30
USE OF PROCEEDS
Unless otherwise specified in a prospectus supplement, we intend to
use the net proceeds from the sale of our securities pursuant to
this prospectus to invest in portfolio companies in accordance with
our investment objective and strategies and for general corporate
purposes. We may also use a portion of the net proceeds from any
sale of our securities to repay amounts outstanding under our
Revolving Credit Facility, which bore a weighted average annual
interest rate of 2.69% as of September 30, 2020 and matures on
February 25, 2025.
We anticipate that substantially all of the net proceeds of an
offering of securities pursuant to this prospectus will be used for
the above purposes within six months after the completion of any
offering of our securities, depending on the availability of
appropriate investment opportunities consistent with our investment
objective and market conditions. We cannot assure you that we
will achieve our targeted investment pace.
Until appropriate investment opportunities can be found, we may
also invest the net proceeds of any offering of our securities
primarily in cash, cash equivalents, U.S. government securities and
high-quality debt investments that mature in one year or less from
the date of investment. These temporary investments may have lower
yields than our other investments and, accordingly, may result in
lower distributions, if any, during such period. Our ability to
achieve our investment objective may be limited to the extent that
the net proceeds from an offering, pending full investment, are
held in lower yielding interest-bearing deposits or other
short-term instruments.
The supplement to this prospectus relating to an offering will more
fully identify the use of the proceeds from such offering.
31
PRICE RANGE OF COMMON STOCK AND
DISTRIBUTIONS
Our common stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol “GSBD.” Our
common stock has historically traded at prices both above and below
our NAV per share. It is not possible to predict whether our common
stock will trade at, above or below NAV in the future. See “Risk
Factors.”
The following table sets forth, for each fiscal quarter beginning
January 1, 2018, the NAV per share of our common stock, the
range of high and low closing sales prices of our common stock
reported on the NYSE, the closing sales price as a premium
(discount) to NAV and distributions declared by us. On November 17,
2020, the last reported closing sales price of our common stock on
the NYSE was $17.42 per share, which represented a premium of
approximately 12.5% to the NAV per share reported by us as of
September 30, 2020.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NAV (1) |
|
|
Closing Sales
Price |
|
|
Premium or
Discount of
High Sales
Price to
NAV (2) |
|
|
Premium or
Discount of
Low Sales
Price to
NAV
(2) |
|
|
Declared
Distribution (3) |
|
|
|
High |
|
|
Low |
|
Fiscal Year Ending December 31, 2020
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Fiscal Quarter (through November 17, 2020)
|
|
|
* |
|
|
$ |
17.42 |
|
|
$ |
14.95 |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
|
* |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Third Fiscal Quarter
|
|
$ |
15.49 |
|
|
$ |
16.35 |
|
|
$ |
14.99 |
|
|
|
5.55 |
% |
|
|
(3.2 |
)% |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Second Fiscal Quarter
|
|
$ |
15.14 |
|
|
$ |
18.09 |
|
|
$ |
11.40 |
|
|
|
19.5 |
% |
|
|
(24.7 |
)% |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
First Fiscal Quarter
|
|
$ |
14.72 |
|
|
$ |
22.45 |
|
|
$ |
8.38 |
|
|
|
52.5 |
% |
|
|
(43.1 |
)% |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Fiscal Quarter
|
|
$ |
16.75 |
|
|
$ |
22.30 |
|
|
$ |
19.25 |
|
|
|
33.1 |
% |
|
|
14.9 |
% |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Third Fiscal Quarter
|
|
$ |
16.98 |
|
|
$ |
20.70 |
|
|
$ |
19.31 |
|
|
|
21.9 |
% |
|
|
13.7 |
% |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Second Fiscal Quarter
|
|
$ |
17.21 |
|
|
$ |
20.97 |
|
|
$ |
18.71 |
|
|
|
21.8 |
% |
|
|
8.7 |
% |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
First Fiscal Quarter
|
|
$ |
17.25 |
|
|
$ |
21.23 |
|
|
$ |
18.75 |
|
|
|
23.1 |
% |
|
|
8.7 |
% |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fourth Fiscal Quarter
|
|
$ |
17.65 |
|
|
$ |
22.23 |
|
|
$ |
18.10 |
|
|
|
25.9 |
% |
|
|
2.5 |
% |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Third Fiscal Quarter
|
|
$ |
18.13 |
|
|
$ |
22.64 |
|
|
$ |
20.70 |
|
|
|
24.9 |
% |
|
|
14.2 |
% |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Second Fiscal Quarter
|
|
$ |
18.08 |
|
|
$ |
21.00 |
|
|
$ |
18.95 |
|
|
|
16.2 |
% |
|
|
4.8 |
% |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
First Fiscal Quarter
|
|
$ |
18.10 |
|
|
$ |
22.61 |
|
|
$ |
19.02 |
|
|
|
24.9 |
% |
|
|
5.1 |
% |
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
(1) |
NAV per share is determined as of the last day in the
relevant quarter and therefore may not reflect the NAV per share on
the date of the high and low closing sales prices. The NAVs shown
are based on outstanding shares at the end of the relevant
quarter.
|
(2) |
Calculated as the respective high or low closing sales
price less NAV divided by NAV as of the last day in the relevant
quarter.
|
(3) |
Represents the dividend or distribution declared in
the relevant quarter.
|
* |
NAV has not yet been calculated for this period.
|
We intend to continue to pay quarterly distributions to our
stockholders out of assets legally available for distribution.
Future quarterly distributions, if any, will be determined by our
Board of Directors. All future distributions will be subject to
lawfully available funds therefor, and no assurance can be given
that we will be able to declare such distributions in future
periods.
We have elected to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as a
RIC under Subchapter M of the Code, commencing with our taxable
year ended December 31, 2013. To maintain our tax treatment as
a RIC, we must, among other things, timely distribute to our
stockholders at least 90% of our investment company taxable income
for each taxable year. We intend to timely distribute to our
stockholders substantially all of our annual taxable income for
each year, except that we may retain certain net capital gains
(i.e., realized net long-term capital gains in excess of realized
net short-term capital losses) for reinvestment and, depending upon
the level of taxable
32
income earned in a year, we may choose to carry forward taxable
income for distribution in the following year and pay any
applicable U.S. federal excise tax. We generally will be required
to pay such U.S. federal excise tax if our distributions during a
calendar year do not exceed the sum of (1) 98.0% of our net
ordinary income (taking into account certain deferrals and
elections) for the calendar year, (2) 98.2% of our capital
gains in excess of capital losses for the one-year period ending on
October 31 of the calendar year and (3) any net ordinary
income and capital gains in excess of capital losses for preceding
years that were not distributed during such years. We will not be
subject to excise taxes on amounts on which we are required to pay
corporate income taxes (such as retained net capital gains). If we
retain net capital gains, we may treat such amounts as deemed
distributions to our stockholders. In that case, you will be
treated as if you had received an actual distribution of the
capital gains we retained and then you reinvested the net after-tax
proceeds in our common stock. In general, you also will be eligible
to claim a tax credit (or, in certain circumstances, obtain a tax
refund) equal to your allocable share of the tax we paid on the
capital gains deemed distributed to you. Stockholders should read
carefully any written disclosure accompanying a distribution from
us and should not assume that the source of any distribution is our
net ordinary income or capital gains. The distributions we pay to
our stockholders in a year may exceed our net ordinary income and
capital gains for that year and, accordingly, a portion of such
distributions may constitute a return of capital for U.S. federal
income tax purposes. The specific tax characteristics of our
distributions will be reported to stockholders after the end of the
calendar year. Please refer to “Certain U.S. Federal Income Tax
Considerations” for further information regarding the tax treatment
of our distributions and the tax consequences of our retention of
net capital gains. See also “Risk Factors.”
Unless our stockholders elect to receive their distributions in
cash, we intend to make such distributions in additional shares of
our common stock under our dividend reinvestment plan.
Distributions paid in the form of additional shares of our common
stock will generally be subject to U.S. federal, state and local
taxes in the same manner as cash distributions; however, investors
participating in our dividend reinvestment plan will not receive
any corresponding cash with which to pay any such applicable taxes.
If you hold shares of our common stock through a broker or
financial intermediary, you may elect to receive distributions in
cash by notifying your broker or financial intermediary of your
election to receive distributions in cash in lieu of shares of our
common stock. Any distributions reinvested through the issuance of
shares through our dividend reinvestment plan will increase our
assets on which the Management Fee and the Incentive Fee are
determined and paid to the Investment Adviser. See “Dividend
Reinvestment Plan.”
33
The following table lists the quarterly distributions that we have
declared per share of our common stock since January 1,
2018.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period
|
|
Payment Date |
|
|
Declared
Distributions |
|
First Quarter 2018
|
|
|
April 16, 2018 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Second Quarter 2018
|
|
|
July 16, 2018 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Third Quarter 2018
|
|
|
October 15, 2018 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Fourth Quarter 2018
|
|
|
January 15, 2019 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Declared for 2018
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter 2019
|
|
|
April 15, 2019 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Second Quarter 2019
|
|
|
July 15, 2019 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Third Quarter 2019
|
|
|
October 15, 2019 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Fourth Quarter 2019
|
|
|
January 15, 2020 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Declared for 2019
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First Quarter 2020
|
|
|
April 15, 2020 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Second Quarter 2020
|
|
|
July 15, 2020 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Third Quarter 2020
|
|
|
October 15, 2020 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
Fourth Quarter 2020
|
|
|
January 15, 2021 |
|
|
$ |
0.45 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Declared for 2020
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1.80 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In connection with the consummation of the Merger, we announced
special distributions aggregating to $0.15 per share which will be
payable in $0.05 increments on March 15,
2021, June 15, 2021 and September 15, 2021, to
shareholders of record as of February 15,
2021, May 14, 2021, and August 16, 2021,
respectively.
34
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF GOLDMAN SACHS BDC, INC.
The information in “Selected Consolidated Historical Financial Data
of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.” of our Form N-14 and in “Item
6–Selected Financial Data” of our most recent annual report on Form
10-K, are incorporated by reference herein.
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED
HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA OF GOLDMAN SACHS MIDDLE MARKET LENDING
CORP.
The information in “Selected Consolidated Historical Financial Data
of Goldman Sachs Middle Market Lending Corp.” of our Form N-14 is
incorporated by reference herein.
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The information in “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated
Financial Statements” in Exhibit 99.2 of our Form 8-K, filed
with the SEC on November 19, 2020 is incorporated by reference
herein.
35
FORWARD-LOOKING
STATEMENTS
This prospectus, including the documents that we incorporate by
reference herein, contains forward-looking statements that involve
substantial risks and uncertainties. You can identify these
statements by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,”
“will,” “should,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “project,” “target,”
“estimate,” “intend,” “continue” or “believe” or the negatives of,
or other variations on, these terms or comparable terminology. You
should read statements that contain these words carefully because
they discuss our plans, strategies, prospects and expectations
concerning our business, operating results, financial condition and
other similar matters. We believe that it is important to
communicate our future expectations to our investors. Our
forward-looking statements include information in this prospectus
regarding general domestic and global economic conditions, our
future financing plans, our ability to operate as a BDC and the
expected performance of, and the yield on, our portfolio companies.
In particular, there are forward-looking statements under
“Prospectus Summary—Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.,” “Business” and
“Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations.” There may be events in the future, however,
that we are not able to predict accurately or control. The factors
listed under “Risk Factors,” as well as any cautionary language in
this prospectus, provide examples of risks, uncertainties and
events that may cause our actual results to differ materially from
the expectations we describe in our forward-looking statements. The
occurrence of the events described in these risk factors and
elsewhere in this prospectus could have a material adverse effect
on our business, results of operations and financial position. Any
forward-looking statement made by us in this prospectus speaks only
as of the date of this prospectus. Factors or events that could
cause our actual results to differ from our forward-looking
statements may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for
us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to update or
revise publicly any forward-looking statements, whether as a result
of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required
by law. You are advised to consult any additional disclosures that
we may make directly to you or through reports that we have filed
or in the future may file with the SEC, including our joint proxy
statement and prospectus that forms part of a registration
statement on Form N-14, filed with the SEC on August 4,
2020, and our annual reports on Form 10-K, registration statements
on Form N-2, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on
Form 8-K. Under Section 27A(b)(2)(B) and (D) of the
Securities Act and Section 21E(b)(2)(B) and (D) of the
Exchange Act, the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private
Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 do not apply to statements
made in connection with any offering of securities pursuant to this
prospectus or in the periodic reports we file under the Exchange
Act.
The following factors are among those that may cause actual results
to differ materially from our forward-looking statements:
|
• |
|
our future operating results;
|
|
• |
|
the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and our
portfolio companies, including our and their ability to access
capital and liquidity;
|
|
• |
|
changes in political, economic or industry conditions, the interest
rate environment or conditions affecting the financial and capital
markets;
|
|
• |
|
uncertainty surrounding the financial and political stability of
the United States, the United Kingdom, the European Union and
China;
|
|
• |
|
our business prospects and the prospects of our portfolio
companies;
|
|
• |
|
the impact of investments that we expect to make;
|
|
• |
|
the impact of increased competition;
|
|
• |
|
our contractual arrangements and relationships with third
parties;
|
36
|
• |
|
the dependence of our future success on the general economy and its
impact on the industries in which we invest;
|
|
• |
|
the ability of our current and prospective portfolio companies to
achieve their objectives;
|
|
• |
|
the relative and absolute performance of our Investment
Adviser;
|
|
• |
|
the use of borrowed money to finance a portion of our
investments;
|
|
• |
|
our ability to make distributions;
|
|
• |
|
the adequacy of our cash resources and working capital;
|
|
• |
|
the timing of cash flows, if any, from the operations of our
portfolio companies;
|
|
• |
|
changes in interest rates, including the decommissioning of London
InterBank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”);
|
|
• |
|
the impact of future acquisitions and divestitures;
|
|
• |
|
the effect of changes in tax laws and regulations and
interpretations thereof;
|
|
• |
|
our ability to maintain our status as a BDC and a regulated
investment company under Subchapter M of the Code;
|
|
• |
|
actual and potential conflicts of interest with GSAM and its
affiliates;
|
|
• |
|
general price and volume fluctuations in the stock market;
|
|
• |
|
the ability of our Investment Adviser to attract and retain highly
talented professionals;
|
|
• |
|
the impact on our business from new or amended legislation or
regulations;
|
|
• |
|
the availability of credit and/or our ability to access the equity
and capital markets;
|
|
• |
|
currency fluctuations, particularly to the extent that we receive
payments denominated in foreign currency rather than U.S.
dollars;
|
|
• |
|
the ability to realize the anticipated benefits of the Merger;
|
|
• |
|
the effects of disruption on our business from the Merger; and
|
|
• |
|
the combined company’s plans, expectations, objectives and
intentions, as a result of the Merger.
|
37
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF
GOLDMAN SACHS BDC, INC.
The information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Goldman Sachs BDC,
Inc.” of our Form N-14, in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of our most recent
quarterly report on Form 10-Q and in “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” of our
most recent annual report on Form 10-K is incorporated by reference
herein.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND
ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS OF
GOLDMAN SACHS MIDDLE MARKET LENDING CORP.
The information in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Goldman Sachs
Middle Market Lending Corp.” of our Form N-14 and in “Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations of Goldman Sachs Middle Market Lending Corp.” of Exhibit
99.1 of our Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on September 17, 2020
is incorporated by reference herein.
SENIOR SECURITIES OF GOLDMAN
SACHS BDC, INC.
The information in “Senior Securities of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.”
of our Form N-14 is incorporated by reference herein. For a further
explanation of the effects of our use of leverage, please see
“Risks Relating to GSBD’s Business and Structure—GSBD borrows
money, which may magnify the potential gain or loss and may
increase the risk of investing in GSBD” in our Form N-14, which is
incorporated by reference herein.
SENIOR SECURITIES OF GOLDMAN
SACHS MIDDLE MARKET LENDING CORP.
The information in “Senior Securities of Goldman Sachs Middle
Market Lending Corp.” of our Form N-14 is incorporated by
reference herein. For a further explanation of the effects of GS
MMLC’s use of leverage, please see “Risks Relating to MMLC’s
Business and Structure—MMLC borrows money, which may magnify the
potential gain or loss and may increase the risk of investing in
MMLC” in our Form N-14, which is incorporated by reference
herein.
BUSINESS OF GOLDMAN SACHS BDC,
INC.
Our business is described in “Business of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.”
of our Form N-14 and in “Item 1—Business” of our most recent
annual report on Form 10-K, which are incorporated by reference
herein.
BUSINESS OF GOLDMAN SACHS
MIDDLE MARKET LENDING CORP.
GS MMLC’s business is described in “Business of Goldman Sachs
Middle Market Lending Corp.” of our Form N-14, which is
incorporated by reference herein.
MANAGEMENT
Please refer to “Management of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.” in our Form
N-14 and to our most recent definitive proxy statement, which are
incorporated by reference into this prospectus, for information
relating to the management of the Company.
On October 12, 2020, Timothy J. Leach, Richard A. Mark and
Carlos E. Evans (the “Appointed Directors”) were appointed to our
Board of Directors, which increased the size of our Board of
Directors by three directors (to a total size of eight directors),
effective upon the closing of the Merger. Mr. Leach will hold
office
38
as a Class I director until the date of GS BDC’s 2021 Annual
Meeting of Stockholders and until his successor shall be elected
and qualified or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement,
disqualification or removal. Mr. Mark will hold office as a
Class II director until the date of GS BDC’s 2022 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders and until his successor shall be elected and qualified
or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement,
disqualification or removal. Mr. Evans will hold office as a Class
I director until the date of GS BDC’s 2021 Annual Meeting of
Stockholders and until his successor shall be elected and qualified
or until his earlier death, resignation, retirement,
disqualification or removal. The Appointed Directors also serve on
the Audit, Compliance, Compensation, Contract Review and Governance
and Nominating Committees of our Board of Directors. Mr. Mark
now serves as chairperson of the Audit Committee.
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS AND
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS
Please refer to “Certain Relationships and Related Party
Transactions of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.” in our Form N-14 and to
our most recent definitive proxy statement, which are incorporated
by reference into this prospectus, for information relating to our
related party transactions.
GS MMLC was party to similar agreements with GSAM and other
affiliates of Group Inc., other than the 10b5-1 plan and the common
stock repurchase plans described “Certain Relationships and Related
Party Transactions of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.” in our Form N-14.
GSAM and other affiliates of Group Inc. also perform services for
other clients, which creates various conflicts of interest. See
“Potential Conflicts of Interest” and “Risk Factors.”
CONTROL PERSONS AND PRINCIPAL
STOCKHOLDERS
Please refer to “Control Persons and Principal Stockholders of
Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.” in our Form N-14 and to our most recent
definitive proxy statement, which are incorporated by reference
into this prospectus, for information relating to the control
persons and principal stockholders of the Company.
PORTFOLIO COMPANIES OF GOLDMAN
SACHS BDC, INC.
Please refer to “Portfolio Companies of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.” in
our Form N-14 and to “Consolidated Schedule of Investments” in our
most recent quarterly report on Form 10-Q for certain information
as of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 regarding
each portfolio company in which we had a debt or equity investment,
which are incorporated by reference herein.
PORTFOLIO COMPANIES OF GOLDMAN
SACHS MIDDLE MARKET LENDING CORP.
Please refer to “Portfolio Companies of Goldman Sachs Middle Market
Lending Corp.” in our Form N-14 and to “Consolidated
Schedule of Investments” in Exhibit 99.1 of our Form 8-K, filed
with the SEC on November 19, 2020 for certain information as
of September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2019 regarding
each portfolio company in which GS MMLC had a debt or equity
investment, which is incorporated by reference herein.
39
DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET
VALUE
In accordance with the procedures adopted by our Board of
Directors, the NAV per share of our outstanding shares of common
stock is determined by dividing the value of total assets minus
liabilities by the total number of shares outstanding.
As a BDC, we generally invest in illiquid securities including debt
and equity investments of middle-market companies. Under procedures
adopted by our Board of Directors market quotations are generally
used to assess the value of our investments for which market
quotations are readily available. We obtain these market values
from independent pricing services or at the bid prices obtained
from at least two brokers/dealers if available, otherwise by a
principal market maker or a primary market dealer. If the Board of
Directors or its delegate has a bona fide reason to believe any
such market quotation does not reflect the fair value of an
investment, it may independently value such investments by using
the valuation procedure that it uses with respect to assets for
which market quotations are not readily available.
Currently, the majority of our investments fall within Level 3
of the fair value hierarchy. See “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical
Accounting Policies—Valuation of Portfolio Investments” in our most
recent annual report on Form 10-K We do not expect that there will
be readily available market values for most of the investments
which are in our portfolio, and we value such investments at fair
value as determined in good faith by or under the direction of our
Board of Directors using a documented valuation policy, described
below, and a consistently applied valuation process. The factors
that may be taken into account in pricing our investments at fair
value include, as relevant, the nature and realizable value of any
collateral, the portfolio company’s ability to make payments and
its earnings and discounted cash flow, and the markets in which the
portfolio company does business, comparison to publicly traded
securities and other relevant factors. Available current market
data are considered such as applicable market yields and multiples
of publicly traded securities, comparison of financial ratios of
peer companies, and changes in the interest rate environment and
the credit markets that may affect the price at which similar
investments would trade in their principal market, and other
relevant factors. When an external event such as a purchase
transaction, public offering or subsequent equity sale occurs, we
consider the pricing indicated by the external event to corroborate
or revise our valuation. Under current auditing standards, the
notes to our financial statements refer to the uncertainty with
respect to the possible effect of such valuations, and any change
in such valuations, on our financial statements. For more
information, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Portfolio
Company Investments—Many of our portfolio securities do not have a
readily available market price and we value these securities at
fair value as determined in good faith under procedures adopted by
our Board of Directors. Valuation is inherently subjective and may
not reflect what we may actually realize for the sale of the
investment” our most recent annual report on Form 10-K
With respect to investments for which market quotations are not
readily available, or for which market quotations are deemed not
reflective of the fair value, the valuation procedures adopted by
our Board of Directors contemplates a multi-step valuation process
each quarter, as described below:
|
(1) |
Our quarterly valuation process begins with each
portfolio company or investment being initially valued by the
investment professionals of our Investment Adviser responsible for
the portfolio investment;
|
|
(2) |
Our Board of Directors also engages the Independent
Valuation Advisors to provide independent valuations of the
investments for which market quotations are not readily available,
or are readily available but deemed not reflective of the fair
value of an investment. The Independent Valuation Advisors
independently value such investments using quantitative and
qualitative information provided by the investment professionals of
the Investment Adviser as well as any market quotations obtained
from independent pricing services, brokers, dealers or market
dealers. The Independent Valuation Advisors also provide analyses
to support their valuation methodology and
|
40
|
calculations. The Independent
Valuation Advisors provide an opinion on a final range of values on
such investments to our Board of Directors or the Audit Committee.
The Independent Valuation Advisors define fair value in accordance
with ASC 820 and utilize valuation approaches including the market
approach, the income approach or both. A portion of the portfolio
is reviewed on a quarterly basis, and all investments in the
portfolio for which market quotations are not readily available, or
are readily available, but deemed not reflective of the fair value
of an investment, are reviewed at least annually by an Independent
Valuation Advisor; |
|
(3) |
The Independent Valuation Advisors’ preliminary
valuations are reviewed by our Investment Adviser and the VOG, a
team that is part of the Controllers Department within the Finance
Division of Goldman Sachs. The Independent Valuation Advisors’
ranges are compared to our Investment Adviser’s valuations to
ensure our Investment Adviser’s valuations are reasonable. VOG
presents the valuations to the Private Investment Valuation and
Side Pocket Working Group of the Investment Management Division
Valuation Committee, which is comprised of representatives from
GSAM who are independent of the investment making decision
process;
|
|
(4) |
The Investment Management Division Valuation Committee
ratifies fair valuations and makes recommendations to the Audit
Committee of the Board of Directors;
|
|
(5) |
The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors reviews
valuation information provided by the Investment Management
Division Valuation Committee, our Investment Adviser and the
Independent Valuation Advisors. The Audit Committee then assesses
such valuation recommendations; and
|
|
(6) |
Our Board of Directors discusses the valuations and,
within the meaning of the Investment Company Act, determines the
fair value of our investments in good faith, based on the input of
our Investment Adviser, the Independent Valuation Advisors and the
Audit Committee.
|
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to
sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
Fair value is a market-based measurement, not an entity-specific
measurement. For some assets and liabilities, observable market
transactions or market information might be available. For other
assets and liabilities, observable market transactions and market
information might not be available. However, the objective of a
fair value measurement in both cases is the same—to estimate the
price when an orderly transaction to sell the asset or transfer the
liability would take place between market participants at the
measurement date under current market conditions (that is, an exit
price at the measurement date from the perspective of a market
participant that holds the asset or owes the liability).
ASC 820 establishes a hierarchal disclosure framework which ranks
the observability of inputs used in measuring financial instruments
at fair value. The observability of inputs is impacted by a number
of factors, including the type of financial instruments and their
specific characteristics. Financial instruments with readily
available quoted prices, or for which fair value can be measured
from quoted prices in active markets, generally will have a higher
degree of market price observability and a lesser degree of
judgment applied in determining fair value. The levels used for
classifying investments are not necessarily an indication of the
risk associated with investing in these securities.
41
DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT
PLAN
We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan, pursuant to which we
will reinvest all cash distributions declared by our Board of
Directors on behalf of investors who do not elect to receive their
cash distributions in cash as provided below. As a result, if our
Board of Directors declares a cash distribution, then our
stockholders who have not elected (or have not previously been
deemed to have elected) to “opt out” of our dividend reinvestment
plan will have their cash distributions automatically reinvested in
additional shares of our common stock as described below. We intend
to continue to pay quarterly distributions to our stockholders out
of assets legally available for distribution. Future quarterly
distributions, if any, will be determined by our Board of
Directors. All future distributions will be subject to lawfully
available funds therefor, and no assurance can be given that we
will be able to declare such distributions in future periods.
Each registered stockholder may elect to have distributions
distributed in cash rather than participate in the plan. For any
registered stockholder that does not so elect, distributions on
such stockholder’s shares will be reinvested by Computershare Trust
Company, N.A., as the plan agent, in additional shares. The number
of shares to be issued to the stockholder will be determined based
on the total dollar amount of the cash distribution payable, net of
applicable withholding taxes. The plan agent maintains all
participants’ accounts in the plan and furnishes written
confirmation of all transactions in the accounts. Shares in the
account of each participant are held by the plan agent on behalf of
the participant in book entry form in the plan agent’s name or the
plan agent’s nominee. Those stockholders whose shares are held
through a broker or other nominee may receive cash distributions in
cash by notifying their broker or nominee of their election.
The shares are acquired by the plan agent for the participants’
accounts either through (i) newly issued shares or
(ii) by purchase of outstanding shares on the open market. If,
on the payment date for any distribution, the most recently
computed NAV per share as of the dividend payment date is equal to
or less than the closing market price plus estimated per share fees
(which include any applicable brokerage commissions the plan agent
is required to pay) (such condition often referred to as a
“premium”), the plan agent will invest the distribution amount in
newly issued shares on behalf of the participants. The number of
newly issued shares to be credited to a participant’s account will
be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the distribution by
the most recently computed NAV per share as of the dividend payment
date; provided that, if the most recently computed NAV per share as
of the dividend payment date is less than or equal to 95% of the
closing market price on the dividend payment date, the dollar
amount of the distribution will be divided by 95% of the closing
market price per share on the dividend payment date. If on the
dividend payment date, the most recently computed NAV per share as
of that date is greater than the closing market price per share
plus per share fees (such condition referred to as a “market
discount”), the plan agent will invest the dividend amount in
shares acquired on behalf of the participants by purchasing shares
on the open market. Such open market purchases will continue on
each successive business day until the entire dividend amount has
been invested pursuant to open market purchases; provided, however,
that if (a) the market discount shifts to a market premium, or
(b) the open market purchases have not been completed by the
last business day before the next date on which the common stock
trades on an “ex-dividend” basis or 30 days after the dividend
payment date, whichever is sooner, the plan agent will cease making
open market purchases and will invest the entire uninvested portion
of the dividend amount in newly issued common stock in the manner
contemplated above.
Open-market purchases may be made on any securities exchange where
shares are traded, in the over-the-counter market or in negotiated
transactions, and may be on such terms as to price, delivery and
otherwise as the plan agent will determine. Shares purchased in
open market transactions by the plan agent will be allocated to a
participant based on the average purchase price, excluding any
brokerage charges or other charges, of all shares purchased in the
open market with respect to any such distribution. The number of
shares of our common stock to be outstanding after giving effect to
payment of the distribution cannot be established until the value
per share at which additional shares will be issued has been
determined and elections of our stockholders have been
tabulated.
If a participant elects by telephone, Internet, or written notice
to the plan agent to have the plan agent sell all or a part of his
or her shares and remit the proceeds to the participant, the plan
agent will process all sale
42
instructions received no later than five business days after the
date on which the order is received. Such sale will be made through
the plan agent’s broker on the relevant market and the sale price
will not be determined until such time as the broker completes the
sale. In each case, the price to each participant will be the
weighted average sale price obtained by the plan agent’s broker net
of fees for each aggregate order placed by the plan agent and
executed by the broker.
The plan agent’s fees for the handling of the reinvestment of
distributions will be paid by us. However, each participant will
pay a per share fee (currently $0.05) incurred in connection with
open market purchases. If a participant elects by telephone,
Internet, or written notice to the plan agent to have the plan
agent sell all or a part of his or her shares and remit the
proceeds to the participant, the plan agent is authorized to deduct
a $15 sales fee per trade and a per share fee of $0.12 from such
proceeds. All per share fees include any applicable brokerage
commissions the plan agent is required to pay.
Participation in the plan is completely voluntary and may be
terminated or resumed at any time without penalty. Participants may
terminate their accounts under the plan by notifying the plan agent
by telephone, Internet, or written notice prior to the distribution
record date. Such termination will be effective immediately if
received by the plan agent prior to a distribution record date;
otherwise such termination or resumption will be effective with
respect to any subsequently declared dividend or other
distribution. The plan agent seeks to process termination notices
received after the dividend record date but before the dividend
payment date prior to such dividend payment date to the extent
practicable but may in its sole discretion reinvest the
participant’s dividends in common stock, as described above. If
such dividends are reinvested, the plan agent will process the late
termination notice as soon as practicable, but in no event later
than five business days after the reinvestment is completed.
A stockholder who does not opt out of the dividend reinvestment
plan will generally be subject to the same U.S. federal, state and
local tax consequences as a stockholder who elects to receive its
distributions in cash, and, for this purpose, a stockholder
receiving a distribution in the form of additional shares will
generally be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of
cash that the stockholder would have received if it had elected to
receive the distribution in cash. If we issue additional shares
with a fair market value equal to or greater than net asset value,
however, stockholders will be treated as receiving a distribution
in the amount of the fair market value of the distributed shares.
Because a stockholder that participates in the dividend
reinvestment plan will not actually receive any cash, such a
stockholder will not have such cash available to pay any applicable
taxes on the deemed distribution. A stockholder that participates
in the dividend reinvestment plan and thus is treated as having
invested in additional shares of our stock will have a basis in
such additional shares of stock equal to the total dollar amount
treated as a distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The
stockholder’s holding period for such stock will commence on the
day following the day on which the shares are credited to the
stockholder’s account. Stockholders that participate in the
dividend reinvestment plan will receive tax information annually
for their personal records and to help them prepare their federal
income tax return. For further information as to tax consequences
of participation in the plan, participants should consult with
their own tax advisers.
We reserve the right to amend or terminate the plan upon notice in
writing to each participant at least 30 days prior to any
record date for the payment of any dividend or distribution by us.
There is no direct transaction fee to participants with regard to
purchases in the plan; however, we reserve the right to amend the
plan to include a transaction fee payable by the participants.
Notice will be sent to participants of any amendments as soon as
practicable after such action by us.
All correspondence concerning the plan should be directed to the
plan agent at Computershare Trust Company, N.A, P.O. Box 505000,
Louisville, KY 40233, with overnight correspondence being directed
to the plan agent at Computershare Trust Company, N.A, 462 South
4th Street, Suite 1600, Louisville, KY 40202; by calling
855-807-2742; or through the plan agent’s website at
www.computershare.com/investor. Participants who hold their shares
through a broker or other nominee should direct correspondence or
questions concerning the dividend reinvestment plan to their broker
or nominee.
43
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME
TAX CONSIDERATIONS
The following discussion is a general summary of certain material
U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to us and an
investment in shares of our common stock or preferred stock. The
discussion is based upon the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as
amended, which we refer to as the “Code,” the regulations of the
U.S. Department of Treasury promulgated thereunder, which we refer
to as the “Treasury regulations,” the legislative history of the
Code, current administrative interpretations and practices of the
U.S. Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the “IRS”
(including administrative interpretations and practices of the IRS
expressed in private letter rulings which are binding on the IRS
only with respect to the particular taxpayers that requested and
received those rulings) and judicial decisions, each as of the date
of this prospectus and all of which are subject to change or
differing interpretations, possibly retroactively, which could
affect the continuing validity of this discussion. Subsequent
developments and changes in the tax laws of the United States and
any countries in which we directly or indirectly invest could have
a material effect on the tax consequences to us, beneficial owners
of shares of our common stock or preferred stock, which we refer to
as “stockholders,” and/or any intermediate vehicle through which we
invest. We have not sought, and will not seek, any ruling from the
IRS or any other U.S. federal, state, local, or non-U.S. taxing
authority with respect to any of the tax issues affecting us, or
our stockholders, or regarding any other matter discussed in this
summary, and this summary is not binding on the IRS. Accordingly,
there can be no assurance that the IRS or any other taxing
authority will not assert, and a court will not sustain, a position
contrary to any of the tax considerations discussed below.
You should note that this summary is necessarily general and does
not purport to be a complete description of all the tax aspects
affecting us or our stockholders. For example, this summary does
not describe all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences and
other considerations that may be relevant to certain types of
stockholders subject to special treatment under the U.S. federal
income tax laws, including stockholders subject to the alternative
minimum tax, tax-exempt organizations, insurance companies,
partnerships or other pass-through entities and their owners,
Non-U.S. stockholders (as defined below) engaged in a trade or
business in the United States or entitled to claim the benefits of
an applicable income tax treaty, persons who have ceased to be U.S.
citizens or to be taxed as residents of the United States, U.S.
stockholders (as defined below) whose functional currency is not
the U.S. dollar, persons holding our common stock or preferred
stock in connection with a hedging, straddle, conversion or other
integrated transaction, dealers in securities, traders in
securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting
for securities holdings, pension plans, trusts, and financial
institutions. This summary assumes that our stockholders hold
shares of our common stock or preferred stock as capital assets for
U.S. federal income tax purposes (generally, assets held for
investment). This summary does not discuss any aspects of U.S.
estate or gift taxation, U.S. state or local taxation or non-U.S.
taxation. It does not discuss the special treatment under U.S.
federal income tax laws that could result if we invest in
tax-exempt securities or certain other investment assets.
U.S. stockholders that use an accrual method of accounting for U.S.
federal income tax purposes generally are required to include
certain amounts in income no later than the time such amounts are
reflected on certain applicable financial statements. The
application of this rule may require the accrual of income earlier
than would be the case under the general U.S. federal income tax
rules described below, although it is not clear to what types of
income this rule applies. U.S. stockholders that use an accrual
method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes should
consult with their tax advisers regarding the potential
applicability of this rule to their particular situation.
For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. stockholder” is a
beneficial owner of shares of our common stock or preferred stock
that is, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:
|
• |
|
an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United
States;
|
|
• |
|
a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation for U.S.
federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the
laws of the United States or any state thereof, including, for this
purpose, the District of Columbia;
|
44
|
• |
|
a trust if (i) a court within the United States is able to
exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust
and one or more “United States persons” (as defined in the Code)
have the authority to control all substantive decisions of the
trust, or (ii) the trust has in effect a valid election to be
treated as a domestic trust for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
or
|
|
• |
|
an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income
taxation regardless of its source.
|
For purposes of this discussion, a “Non-U.S. stockholder” is a
beneficial owner of shares of our common stock or preferred stock
that is not a U.S. stockholder and not a partnership (or an entity
or arrangement treated as a partnership) for U.S. federal income
tax purposes.
If a partnership (or other entity or arrangement treated as a
partnership) for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of
our common stock or preferred stock, the U.S. federal income tax
treatment of a partner in the partnership generally will depend on
the status of the partner, the activities of the partnership and
certain determinations made at the partner level. A stockholder
that is a partnership holding shares of our common stock or
preferred stock, and each partner in such a partnership, should
consult his, her or its own tax adviser with respect to the tax
consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares
of our common stock or preferred stock.
If we issue preferred stock that may be convertible into or
exercisable or exchangeable for securities or other property or
preferred stock with other terms that may have different U.S.
federal income tax consequences than those described in this
summary, the U.S. federal income tax consequences of such preferred
stock will be described in the relevant prospectus supplement. This
summary does not discuss the consequences of an investment in our
subscription rights, debt securities or warrants representing
rights to purchase shares of our preferred stock, common stock or
debt securities. The U.S. federal income tax consequences of such
an investment will be discussed in the relevant prospectus
supplement.
Tax matters are very complicated and the tax consequences to each
stockholder of the ownership and disposition of shares of our
common stock or preferred stock will depend on the facts of his,
her or its particular situation. You should consult your own tax
adviser regarding the specific tax consequences of the ownership
and disposition of shares of our common stock or preferred stock to
you, including tax reporting requirements, the applicability of
U.S. federal, state and local tax laws and non-U.S. tax laws,
eligibility for the benefits of any applicable income tax treaty
and the effect of any possible changes in the tax laws.
We intend to pay quarterly distributions to our stockholders out of
assets legally available for distribution, but will reinvest
distributions on behalf of those investors that do not elect to
receive their distributions in cash. See “Price Range of Common
Stock and Distributions” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan” for a
description of our dividend policy and obligations.
Election to be Taxed as a RIC
We have elected to be treated, and expect to qualify annually, as a
RIC under Subchapter M of the Code. As a RIC, we generally will not
be required to pay corporate-level U.S. federal income taxes on any
net ordinary income or capital gains that we timely distribute to
our stockholders as dividends. Rather, dividends we distribute
generally will be taxable to our stockholders, and any net
operating losses, foreign tax credits and other of our tax
attributes generally will not pass through to our stockholders,
subject to special rules for certain items such as net capital
gains and qualified dividend income we recognize. See “—Taxation of
U.S. Stockholders” and “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders”
below.
To maintain our status as a RIC, we must, among other things, meet
certain source-of-income and asset diversification requirements (as
described below). In addition, to maintain our status as a RIC, we
must timely distribute to our stockholders at least 90% of our
investment company taxable income (determined without
45
regard to the dividends paid deduction), which is generally our net
ordinary income plus the excess of realized net short-term capital
gains over realized net long-term capital losses, if any, for each
taxable year (the “Annual Distribution Requirement”).
Taxation as a RIC
If we maintain our status as a RIC and satisfy the Annual
Distribution Requirement, then we will not be subject to U.S.
federal income tax on the portion of our investment company taxable
income and net capital gain (generally, realized net long-term
capital gain in excess of realized net short-term capital loss)
that we timely distribute (or are deemed to timely distribute) to
our stockholders. We will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at
the regular corporate rates on any income or capital gain not
distributed (or deemed distributed) to our stockholders.
We generally will be subject to a 4% nondeductible U.S. federal
excise tax on certain undistributed income for a calendar year
unless we distribute in a timely manner an amount at least equal to
the sum of (1) 98% of our net ordinary income (taking into
account certain deferrals and elections) for the calendar year,
(2) 98.2% of our capital gains in excess of capital losses for
the one-year period ending October 31 in that calendar year
and (3) any net ordinary income and capital gains in excess of
capital losses recognized, but not distributed, in preceding years
(the “Excise Tax Avoidance Requirement”). We will not be subject to
the U.S. federal excise tax on amounts on which we are required to
pay U.S. federal income tax (such as retained net capital gains).
Depending upon the level of taxable income and net capital gain
earned in a year, we may retain certain net capital gain for
reinvestment and carry forward taxable income for distribution in
the following year and pay any applicable tax.
In order to maintain our status as a RIC for U.S. federal income
tax purposes, we must, among other things:
|
• |
|
qualify and have in effect an election to be treated as a BDC under
the Investment Company Act at all times during each taxable
year;
|
|
• |
|
derive in each taxable year at least 90% of our gross income from
dividends, interest, payments with respect to loans of certain
securities, gains from the sale of stock or other securities or
foreign currencies, net income derived from an interest in a
“qualified publicly traded partnership” (as defined in the Code),
or other income derived with respect to our business of investing
in such stock or securities or foreign currencies (the “90% Income
Test”); and
|
|
• |
|
diversify our holdings so that at the end of each quarter of the
taxable year:
|
|
¡ |
|
at least 50% of the value of our assets consists of cash, cash
equivalents, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs
and other securities if such other securities of any one issuer do
not represent more than 5% of the value of our assets or more than
10% of the outstanding voting securities of the issuer; and
|
|
¡ |
|
no more than 25% of the value of our assets is invested in
(a) the securities, other than U.S. government securities or
securities of other RICs, of one issuer or of two or more issuers
that are controlled, as determined under applicable Code rules, by
us and that are engaged in the same or similar or related trades or
businesses or (b) the securities of one or more “qualified
publicly traded partnerships” (the “Diversification Tests”).
|
For U.S. federal income tax purposes, we will include in our
taxable income certain amounts that we have not yet received in
cash. For example, if we hold debt obligations that are treated
under applicable U.S. federal income tax rules as having original
issue discount (such as debt instruments with PIK interest or,
in
46
certain cases, that have increasing interest rates or are issued
with warrants), we must include in our taxable income in each year
a portion of the original issue discount that accrues over the life
of the obligation, regardless of whether we receive cash
representing such income in the same taxable year. We may also be
required to include in our taxable income other amounts that we
have not yet received in cash, such as accruals on a contingent
payment debt instrument, accruals of interest income and/or
original issue discount on defaulted debt or deferred loan
origination fees that are paid after origination of the loan or are
paid in non-cash compensation such as warrants or stock. Moreover,
under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, we generally will be required to
take certain amounts in income no later than the time such amounts
are reflected on our financial statements. Because such original
issue discount or other amounts accrued will be included in our
investment company taxable income for the year of accrual, we may
be required to make distributions to our stockholders in order to
satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement and/or the Excise Tax
Avoidance Requirement, even though we will have not received any
corresponding cash payments. Accordingly, to enable us to make
distributions to our stockholders that will be sufficient to enable
us to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, we may need to
sell some of our assets at times and/or at prices that we would not
consider advantageous, we may need to raise additional equity or
debt capital or we may need to forego new investment opportunities
or otherwise take actions that are disadvantageous to our business
(or be unable to take actions that are advantageous to our
business). If we are unable to obtain cash in the amount required
for us to make, or if we are restricted from making, sufficient
distributions to our stockholders to satisfy the Annual
Distribution Requirement, we may fail to qualify for the U.S.
federal income tax benefits allowable to RICs and, thus, become
subject to a corporate-level U.S. federal income tax (and any
applicable state and local taxes).
Because we expect to use debt financing, we may be prevented by
covenants contained in our debt financing agreements from making
distributions to our stockholders in certain circumstances. In
addition, under the Investment Company Act, we are generally not
permitted to make distributions to our stockholders while our debt
obligations and other senior securities are outstanding unless
certain “asset coverage” tests are met. See
“Regulation—Indebtedness and Senior Securities.” Restrictions on
our ability to make distributions to our stockholders may prevent
us from satisfying the Annual Distribution Requirement and,
therefore, may jeopardize our qualification for taxation as a RIC,
or subject us to the 4% U.S. federal excise tax.
Although we do not presently expect to do so, we may borrow funds
and sell assets in order to make distributions to our stockholders
that are sufficient for us to satisfy the Annual Distribution
Requirement. However, our ability to dispose of assets may be
limited by (1) the illiquid nature of our portfolio and/or
(2) other requirements relating to our status as a RIC,
including the Diversification Tests. If we dispose of assets in
order to meet the Annual Distribution Requirement or the Excise Tax
Avoidance Requirement, we may make such dispositions at times
and/or values that, from an investment standpoint, are not
advantageous. Alternatively, although we currently do not intend to
do so, to satisfy the Annual Distribution Requirement, we may
declare a taxable dividend payable in our stock or cash at the
election of each stockholder. In such case, for U.S. federal income
tax purposes, the amount of the dividend paid in our common stock
will generally be equal to the amount of cash that could have been
received instead of our stock. See “—Taxation of U.S. Stockholders”
below for a discussion of the tax consequences to stockholders upon
receipt of such dividends.
A RIC is limited in its ability to deduct expenses in excess of its
investment company taxable income. If our expenses in a given year
exceed our investment company taxable income, we would experience a
net operating loss for that year. However, a RIC is not permitted
to carry forward net operating losses to subsequent years and such
net operating losses do not pass through to its stockholders. In
addition, expenses can be used only to offset investment company
taxable income, not net capital gain. A RIC may not use any net
capital losses (that is, realized capital losses in excess of
realized capital gains) to offset the RIC’s investment company
taxable income, but may carry forward such losses, and use them to
offset future capital gains, indefinitely. As a result of these
limits on the deductibility of expenses and net capital losses, we
may for tax purposes have aggregate taxable income for several
years that we are required to distribute and that is taxable to our
stockholders even if such income is greater than the aggregate net
income we actually earned during those years. In addition, if
future capital gains are offset by carried forward capital losses,
such future capital gains are not subject to any
47
corporate-level U.S. federal income tax, regardless of whether they
are distributed to our stockholders. Accordingly, we do not expect
to distribute any such offsetting capital gains.
Distributions we make to our stockholders may be made from our cash
assets or by liquidation of our investments, if necessary. We may
recognize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event we
recognize net capital gains from such transactions, you may receive
a larger capital gain distribution than you would have received in
the absence of such transactions.
Failure to Qualify as a RIC
If we were to fail to satisfy the 90% Income Test for any taxable
year or the Diversification Tests for any quarter of a taxable
year, we might nevertheless continue to qualify as a RIC for such
year if certain relief provisions of the Code applied (which might,
among other things, require us to pay certain corporate-level U.S.
federal taxes or to dispose of certain assets). If we were to fail
to qualify for treatment as a RIC and such relief provisions did
not apply to us, we would be subject to U.S. federal income tax on
all of our taxable income at regular corporate U.S. federal income
tax rates (and we also would be subject to any applicable state and
local taxes), regardless of whether we make any distributions to
our stockholders. We would not be able to deduct distributions to
our stockholders, nor would distributions to our stockholders be
required to be made for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any
distributions we make generally would be taxable to our U.S.
stockholders as ordinary dividend income and, subject to certain
limitations under the Code, would be eligible for the 20% maximum
rate applicable to individuals and other non-corporate U.S.
stockholders, to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated
earnings and profits. Subject to certain limitations under the
Code, U.S. stockholders that are corporations for U.S. federal
income tax purposes would be eligible for the dividends-received
deduction. Distributions in excess of our current and accumulated
earnings and profits would be treated first as a return of capital
that would reduce the stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in its
common stock or preferred stock (and correspondingly increase such
stockholder’s gain, or reduce such stockholder’s loss, on
disposition of such common stock or preferred stock), and any
remaining distributions in excess of the stockholder’s adjusted tax
basis would be treated as a capital gain.
Subject to a limited exception applicable to RICs that qualified as
such under Subchapter M of the Code for at least one year prior to
disqualification and that requalify as a RIC no later than the
second year following the non-qualifying year, we could be subject
to U.S. federal income tax on any unrealized net built-in gains in
the assets held by us during the period in which we failed to
qualify as a RIC that are recognized during the 5-year period after
our requalification as a RIC, unless we made a special election to
pay corporate-level U.S. federal income tax on such net built-in
gains at the time of our requalification as a RIC. We may decide to
be taxed as a regular corporation even if we would otherwise
qualify as a RIC if we determine that treatment as a corporation
for a particular year would be in our best interests.
Our Investments—General
Certain of our investment practices may be subject to special and
complex U.S. federal income tax provisions that may, among other
things, (1) treat dividends that would otherwise constitute
qualified dividend income as non-qualified dividend income,
(2) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the allowance of
certain losses or deductions, (3) convert lower-taxed
long-term capital gain into higher-taxed short-term capital gain or
ordinary income, (4) convert an ordinary loss or a deduction
into a capital loss (the deductibility of which is more limited),
(5) cause us to recognize income or gain without receipt of a
corresponding cash payment, (6) adversely affect the time as
to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to
occur, (7) adversely alter the characterization of certain
complex financial transactions and (8) produce income that
will not be qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test.
We intend to monitor our transactions and may make certain tax
elections to mitigate the potential adverse effect of these
provisions, but there can be no assurance that we will be eligible
for any such tax elections or that any adverse effects of these
provisions will be mitigated.
48
Gain or loss recognized by us from warrants or other securities
acquired by us, as well as any loss attributable to the lapse of
such warrants, generally will be treated as capital gain or loss.
Such gain or loss generally will be long-term or short-term
depending on how long we held a particular warrant or security.
A portfolio company in which we invest may face financial
difficulties that require us to work-out, modify or otherwise
restructure our investment in the portfolio company. Any such
transaction could, depending upon the specific terms of the
transaction, result in unusable capital losses and future non-cash
income. Any such transaction could also result in our receiving
assets that give rise to non-qualifying income for purposes of the
90% Income Test or otherwise would not count toward satisfying the
Diversification Tests.
Our investment in non-U.S. securities may be subject to non-U.S.
income, withholding and other taxes. In that case, our yield on
those securities would be decreased. Stockholders generally will
not be entitled to claim a U.S. foreign tax credit or deduction
with respect to non-U.S. taxes paid by us.
If we purchase shares in a “passive foreign investment company” (a
“PFIC”), we may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion
of any “excess distribution” received on, or any gain from the
disposition of, such shares even if we distribute such income as a
taxable dividend to our stockholders. Additional charges in the
nature of interest generally will be imposed on us in respect of
deferred taxes arising from any such excess distribution or gain.
If we invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified
electing fund” under the Code (a “QEF”), in lieu of the foregoing
requirements, we will be required to include in income each year
our proportionate share of the ordinary earnings and net capital
gain of the QEF, even if such income is not distributed by the QEF.
Alternatively, we may be able to elect to mark-to-market at the end
of each taxable year our shares in a PFIC; in this case, we will
recognize as ordinary income any increase in the value of such
shares, and as ordinary loss any decrease in such value to the
extent that any such decrease does not exceed prior increases
included in our income. Our ability to make a QEF election will
depend on factors beyond our control, and is subject to
restrictions which may limit the availability of the benefit of
this election. Under either election, we may be required to
recognize in a year income in excess of any distributions we
receive from PFICs and any proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock
during that year, and such income will nevertheless be subject to
the Annual Distribution Requirement and will be taken into account
for purposes of determining whether we satisfy the Excise Tax
Avoidance Requirement. See “—Taxation as a RIC” above.
Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to
fluctuations in exchange rates between the time we accrue income,
expenses or other liabilities denominated in a foreign currency and
the time we actually collect such income or pay such expenses or
liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss.
Similarly, gains or losses on foreign currency forward contracts
and the disposition of debt obligations denominated in a foreign
currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange
rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also
treated as ordinary income or loss.
Some of the income that we might otherwise earn, such as fees for
providing managerial assistance, certain fees earned with respect
to our investments, income recognized in a work-out or
restructuring of a portfolio investment or income recognized from
an equity investment in an operating partnership, may not be
qualifying income for purposes of the 90% Income Test. To manage
the risk that such income might disqualify us as a RIC for failure
to satisfy the 90% Income Test, one or more subsidiary entities
treated as U.S. corporations for U.S. federal income tax purposes
may be employed to earn such income and (if applicable) hold the
related asset. Such subsidiary entities will be required to pay
U.S. federal income tax on their earnings, which ultimately will
reduce the yield to our stockholders on such fees and income.
The remainder of this discussion assumes that we qualify as a RIC
for each taxable year.
Taxation of U.S. Stockholders
The following discussion only applies to U.S. stockholders.
Prospective stockholders that are not U.S. stockholders should
refer to “—Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders” below.
49
Distributions
Distributions by us (including distributions where stockholders can
elect to receive cash or stock) generally are taxable to U.S.
stockholders as ordinary income or capital gains. Distributions of
our investment company taxable income will be taxable as ordinary
income to U.S. stockholders to the extent paid out of our current
or accumulated earnings and profits, whether paid in cash or stock.
To the extent that such distributions paid by us to non-corporate
U.S. stockholders (including individuals) are attributable to
dividends from U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign
corporations, such distributions (“Qualifying Dividends”) may be
eligible for a reduced maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20%.
In this regard, it is anticipated that our distributions generally
will not be attributable to dividends received by us and,
therefore, generally will not qualify for the 20% maximum rate
applicable to Qualifying Dividends. Distributions of net capital
gain (which is generally realized net long-term capital gains in
excess of realized net short-term capital losses) properly reported
by us as “capital gain dividends” will be taxable to U.S.
stockholders as long-term capital gains (currently taxable at a
maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of 20% in the case of
non-corporate U.S. stockholders (including individuals)),
regardless of the U.S. stockholder’s holding period for his, her or
its common stock or preferred stock and regardless of whether paid
in cash or stock. Distributions in excess of our earnings and
profits first will reduce a U.S. stockholder’s adjusted tax basis
in such stockholder’s common stock or preferred stock and, after
the adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will constitute capital
gains to such U.S. stockholder.
We may decide to retain some or all of our net capital gain for
reinvestment, but designate the retained net capital gain as a
“deemed distribution.” In that case, among other consequences,
(i) we will pay tax on the retained amount, (ii) each
U.S. stockholder will be required to include his, her or its share
of the deemed distribution in income as if it had been actually
distributed to the U.S. stockholder and (iii) the U.S.
stockholder will be entitled to claim a credit equal to his, her or
its allocable share of the tax paid thereon by us. Because we
expect to pay tax on any retained net capital gains at the regular
corporate U.S. federal income tax rate, and because that rate is in
excess of the maximum U.S. federal income tax rate currently
payable by individuals (and other non-corporate U.S. stockholders)
on long-term capital gains, the amount of tax that individuals (and
other non-corporate U.S. stockholders) will be treated as having
paid will exceed the tax they owe on the capital gain distribution.
Such excess generally may be claimed as a credit against the U.S.
stockholder’s other federal income tax obligations or may be
refunded to the extent it exceeds the U.S. stockholder’s U.S.
federal income tax liability. The amount of the deemed distribution
net of such tax will be added to the U.S. stockholder’s tax basis
for his, her or its common stock or preferred stock. In order to
utilize the deemed distribution approach, we must provide written
notice to our stockholders prior to the expiration of 60 days after
the close of the relevant taxable year. We cannot treat any of our
investment company taxable income as a “deemed distribution.”
For purposes of determining (1) whether the Annual
Distribution Requirement is satisfied for any year and (2) the
amount of capital gain dividends paid for that year, under certain
circumstances, we may elect to treat a dividend that is paid during
the following taxable year as if it had been paid during the
taxable year in question. If we make such an election, U.S.
stockholders will still be treated as receiving the dividend in the
taxable year in which the distribution is made. However, any
dividend declared by us in October, November or December of any
calendar year, payable to stockholders of record on a specified
date in such a month and actually paid during January of the
following year, will be treated as if it had been received by our
U.S. stockholders on December 31 of the year in which the
dividend was declared.
Although we currently do not intend to do so, we have the ability
to declare a large portion of a distribution in shares of our
stock. We are not subject to restrictions on the circumstances in
which we may declare a portion of a distribution in shares of our
stock, but would generally anticipate doing so only in unusual
situations, such as, for example, if we did not have sufficient
cash to meet our RIC distribution requirements under the Code.
Generally, were we to declare such a distribution, we would allow
stockholders to elect payment in cash and/or shares of equivalent
value. Under published IRS guidance, the entire distribution will
generally be treated as a taxable distribution for U.S. federal
income tax purposes, and count towards our RIC distribution
requirements under the Code, if certain conditions are satisfied.
Among other things, the aggregate amount of
50
cash available to be distributed to all stockholders is required to
be at least 20% (or, under recently published IRS guidance, for
distributions declared on or after April 1, 2020, and on or
before December 31, 2020, at least 10%) of the aggregate
declared distribution. If too many stockholders elect to receive
cash, the cash available for distribution is required to be
allocated among the stockholders electing to receive cash (with the
balance of the distribution paid in stock) under a formula provided
in the applicable IRS guidance. Each stockholder electing to
receive cash would be entitled to receive cash in an amount equal
to at least the lesser of (i) the portion of the distribution
such stockholder elected to receive in cash and (ii) such
stockholder’s entire distribution multiplied by the percentage
limitation on cash available for distribution. The number of shares
of our stock distributed would thus depend on the applicable
percentage limitation on cash available for distribution, the
stockholders’ individual elections to receive cash or stock, and
the value of the shares of stock. Each U.S. stockholder generally
would be treated as having received a taxable distribution on the
date the distribution is received in an amount equal to the cash
that such U.S. stockholder would have received if the entire
distribution had been paid in cash, even if such U.S. stockholder
received all or most of the distribution in shares of our stock.
This may result in a U.S. stockholder having to pay tax on such
distribution, even if no cash is received.
We expect to be treated as a “publicly offered regulated investment
company” (within the meaning of Section 67 of the Code) as a
result of either (i) shares of our stock being held by at
least 500 persons at all times during a taxable year or
(ii) shares of our stock being treated as regularly traded on
an established securities market. However, we cannot assure you
that we will be treated as a publicly offered regulated investment
company for all years. If we are not treated as a publicly offered
regulated investment company for any calendar year, for purposes of
computing the taxable income of U.S. stockholders that are
individuals, trusts or estates, (i) our earnings and profits
will be computed without taking into account such U.S.
stockholders’ allocable shares of the management and incentive fees
paid to our Investment Adviser and certain of our other expenses,
(ii) each such U.S. stockholder will be treated as having
received or accrued a dividend from us in the amount of such U.S.
stockholder’s allocable share of these fees and expenses for the
calendar year, (iii) each such U.S. stockholder will be
treated as having paid or incurred such U.S. stockholder’s
allocable share of these fees and expenses for the calendar year,
and (iv) each such U.S. stockholder’s allocable share of these
fees and expenses will be treated as miscellaneous itemized
deductions by such U.S. stockholder. Miscellaneous itemized
deductions of a U.S. stockholder that is an individual, trust or
estate are disallowed under the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act for tax years
beginning before January 1, 2026, and thereafter generally are
(i) deductible by such U.S. stockholders only to the extent
that the aggregate of such U.S. stockholder’s miscellaneous
itemized deductions exceeds 2% of such U.S. stockholder’s adjusted
gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (ii) not
deductible for purposes of the alternative minimum tax and
(iii) subject to the overall limitation on itemized deductions
under Section 67 of the Code.
If an investor purchases shares of our common stock or preferred
stock shortly before the record date of a distribution, the price
of the shares will include the value of the distribution, and the
investor will be subject to tax on the distribution, even though
economically it may represent a return of his, her or its
investment. We have the potential to build up large amounts of
unrealized gain which, when realized and distributed, could have
the effect of a taxable return of capital to U.S. stockholders.
The IRS currently requires that a RIC that has two or more classes
of stock allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each
type of its income (such as ordinary income and capital gains)
based upon the percentage of total dividends paid to each class for
the tax year. Accordingly, if we issue preferred stock, we intend
each year to allocate capital gain dividends, if any, between our
common shares and shares of preferred stock in proportion to the
total dividends paid to each class with respect to such tax
year.
Each U.S. stockholder will receive, as promptly as possible after
the end of each calendar year, a notice reporting the amounts
includible in such U.S. stockholder’s taxable income for such year
as ordinary income and as long-term capital gain. In addition, the
U.S. federal tax status of each year’s distributions from us
generally will be reported to the IRS (including the amount of any
distributions that are Qualifying Dividends eligible for the 20%
maximum capital gains tax rate). Dividends paid by us generally
will not be eligible for the dividends-
51
received deduction or the preferential tax rate applicable to
Qualifying Dividends because our income generally will not consist
of dividends. Distributions may also be subject to additional
state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on a U.S. stockholder’s
particular situation.
We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan under which
stockholders who do not “opt out” will receive distributions in the
form of additional shares instead of in cash. If a U.S. stockholder
reinvests distributions in additional shares, such U.S. stockholder
will generally be subject to the same U.S. federal, state and local
tax consequences as if it had received a distribution in cash and,
for this purpose, a U.S. stockholder receiving a distribution in
the form of additional shares will generally be treated as
receiving a distribution in the amount of cash that the U.S.
stockholder would have received if it had elected to receive the
distribution in cash. If we issue additional shares with a fair
market value equal to or greater than net asset value, however,
stockholders will be treated as receiving a distribution in the
amount of the fair market value of the distributed shares. Any such
additional shares will have a tax basis equal to the amount treated
as a distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The
additional shares will have a new holding period commencing on the
day following the day on which the shares are credited to the U.S.
stockholder’s account.
We or your financial intermediary is also generally required by law
to report to each U.S. stockholder and to the IRS cost basis
information for shares of our stock sold by or redeemed from the
U.S. stockholder. This information includes the adjusted cost basis
of the shares, the gross proceeds from disposition and whether the
gain or loss is long-term or short-term. The adjusted cost basis of
shares will be based on the default cost basis reporting method
selected by us, unless a U.S. stockholder, before the sale or
redemption, informs us that it has selected a different
IRS-accepted method offered by us. These requirements, however,
will not apply for investments through an IRA or other
tax-advantaged account. U.S. stockholders should consult their
financial intermediaries and tax advisers to determine the best
cost basis method for their tax situation, and to obtain more
information about how these cost basis reporting requirements apply
to them.
Dispositions
A U.S. stockholder generally will recognize taxable gain or loss if
the U.S. stockholder sells or otherwise disposes of his, her or its
shares of our common stock or preferred stock. The amount of gain
or loss will be measured by the difference between such
stockholder’s adjusted tax basis in the common stock or preferred
stock sold and the amount of the proceeds received in exchange for
such stock. Any gain or loss arising from such sale or disposition
generally will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the
U.S. stockholder has held his, her or its shares for more than one
year; otherwise, any such gain or loss will be classified as
short-term capital gain or loss. However, any capital loss arising
from the sale or disposition of shares of our common stock or
preferred stock held for six months or less will be treated as
long-term capital loss to the extent of the amount of capital gain
dividends received, or undistributed capital gain deemed received,
with respect to such shares. In addition, all or a portion of any
loss recognized upon a disposition of shares of our common stock or
preferred stock may be disallowed if other shares of such common
stock or preferred stock are purchased (whether through
reinvestment of distributions or otherwise) within 30 days before
or after the disposition.
In general, non-corporate U.S. stockholders (including individuals)
currently are subject to a maximum U.S. federal income tax rate of
20% on their net capital gain (i.e., the excess of realized net
long-term capital gains over realized net short-term capital
losses), including any long-term capital gain derived from an
investment in shares of our common stock or preferred stock. Such
rate is lower than the maximum rate on ordinary income currently
payable by individuals. Corporate U.S. stockholders currently are
subject to U.S. federal income tax on net capital gain at the
maximum 21% rate also applied to ordinary income. Non-corporate
U.S. stockholders (including individuals) with net capital losses
for a year (i.e., capital losses in excess of capital gains)
generally may deduct up to $3,000 of such losses against their
ordinary income each year; any net capital losses of a
non-corporate U.S. stockholder (including an individual) in excess
of $3,000 generally may be carried forward and used in subsequent
years as provided in the Code. Corporate U.S. stockholders
generally may not deduct any net capital losses for a year, but may
carry back such losses for three years or carry forward such losses
for five years.
52
Medicare Tax on Net Investment Income
A U.S. stockholder that is an individual or estate, or a trust that
does not fall into a special class of trusts that is exempt from
such tax, will generally be subject to a 3.8% tax on the lesser of
(i) the U.S. stockholder’s “net investment income” (or
“undistributed net investment income” for an estate or trust) for a
taxable year and (ii) the excess of the U.S. stockholder’s
modified adjusted gross income for such taxable year, over a
certain threshold, which for individuals is $200,000 in the case of
single filers ($250,000 in the case of joint filers). For these
purposes, “net investment income” will generally include taxable
distributions and deemed distributions paid with respect to stock,
including our common stock or preferred stock, and net gain
attributable to the disposition of stock, including our common
stock or preferred stock (in each case, unless such stock is held
in connection with certain trades or businesses), but will be
reduced by any deductions properly allocable to such distributions
or net gain.
Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations
Under applicable Treasury regulations, if a U.S. stockholder
recognizes a loss with respect to our common stock or preferred
stock of $2 million or more for a non-corporate U.S.
stockholder or $10 million or more for a corporate U.S.
stockholder in any single taxable year (or a greater loss over a
combination of years), the U.S. stockholder must file with the IRS
a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct U.S. stockholders of
portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting
requirement, but, under current guidance, U.S. stockholders of a
RIC are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current
exception from this reporting requirement to U.S. stockholders of
most or all RICs. The fact that a loss is reportable under these
regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the
taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Significant monetary
penalties apply to a failure to comply with this reporting
requirement. States may also have a similar reporting requirement.
U.S. stockholders should consult their own tax advisers to
determine the applicability of these Treasury regulations in light
of their individual circumstances.
Backup Withholding
The relevant withholding agent may be required to withhold U.S.
federal income tax (“backup withholding”), at a current rate of
24%, from any taxable distribution to a U.S. stockholder (other
than a corporation, a financial institution or a stockholder that
otherwise qualifies for an exemption) (1) that fails to
provide a correct taxpayer identification number or a certification
that such stockholder is exempt from backup withholding or
(2) with respect to whom the IRS notifies the withholding
agent that such stockholder has failed to properly report certain
interest and dividend income to the IRS and to respond to notices
to that effect. An individual’s taxpayer identification number is
his or her social security number. Backup withholding is not an
additional tax, and any amount withheld under the backup
withholding rules is allowed as a credit against the U.S.
stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability (which may entitle
the U.S. stockholder to a refund), provided that proper information
is timely provided to the IRS.
Withholding and Information Reporting on Foreign Financial
Accounts
Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act rules of the Code and
applicable Treasury regulations (collectively referred to as
“FATCA”), the applicable withholding agent generally will be
required to withhold 30% of (a) any dividends on our common
stock or preferred stock and (b) the gross proceeds from a
sale or other disposition of our common stock or preferred stock,
in each case, paid to (i) a non-U.S. financial institution
(whether such financial institution is the beneficial owner or an
intermediary) unless such non-U.S. financial institution agrees to
verify, report and disclose its U.S. accountholders and meets
certain other specified requirements or (ii) a non-financial
non-U.S. entity (whether such entity is the beneficial owner or an
intermediary) unless such entity certifies that it does not have
any substantial U.S. owners or provides the name, address and
taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner and
such entity meets certain other specified requirements. Proposed
Treasury regulations that may be relied on pending finalization
provide that
53
FATCA withholding on gross proceeds will be eliminated and,
consequently, this withholding tax on gross proceeds is not
currently expected to apply. An intergovernmental agreement between
the United States and an applicable foreign country, or future
Treasury regulations or other guidance, may modify these
requirements. We will not pay any additional amounts in respect of
any amounts withheld.
Taxation of Non-U.S. Stockholders
The following discussion applies only to Non-U.S. stockholders.
Whether an investment in shares of our common stock or preferred
stock is appropriate for a Non-U.S. stockholder will depend upon
that stockholder’s particular circumstances. An investment in
shares of our common stock or preferred stock by a Non-U.S.
stockholder may have adverse tax consequences to such Non-U.S.
stockholder. Non-U.S. stockholders should consult their own tax
advisers before investing in our common stock or preferred
stock.
Distributions; Dispositions
Subject to the discussion below, distributions of our investment
company taxable income to a Non-U.S. stockholder that are not
effectively connected with the Non-U.S. stockholder’s conduct of a
trade or business within the United States will be subject to
withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate (or lower rate
provided by an applicable income tax treaty) to the extent paid out
of our current or accumulated earnings and profits.
Certain properly reported distributions are generally exempt from
withholding of U.S. federal income tax where they are paid in
respect of our (i) “qualified net interest income” (generally,
U.S.-source interest income, other than certain contingent interest
and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in
which we or the Non-U.S. stockholder are at least a 10%
shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income)
or (ii) “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the
excess of net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital
loss for such taxable year), and certain other requirements are
satisfied. No assurance can be given as to whether any of our
distributions will be eligible for this exemption from withholding
of U.S. federal income tax or, if eligible, will be reported as
such by us. In particular, this exemption will not apply to our
distributions paid in respect of our non-U.S. source interest
income or our dividend income (or any other type of income other
than generally our non-contingent U.S.-source interest income
received from unrelated obligors and our qualified short-term
capital gains). In the case of our common stock or preferred stock
held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold U.S.
federal income tax even if we report the payment as qualified net
interest income or qualified short-term capital gain.
Distributions of our investment company taxable income to a
Non-U.S. stockholder that are effectively connected with the
Non-U.S. stockholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the
United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty,
are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment of the Non-U.S.
stockholder) generally will not be subject to withholding of U.S.
federal income tax if the Non-U.S. stockholder complies with
applicable certification and disclosure requirements, although the
distributions (to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings
and profits) will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net
basis at the rates and in the manner applicable to U.S.
stockholders generally.
Actual or deemed distributions of our net capital gains to a
Non-U.S. stockholder, and gains realized by a Non-U.S. stockholder
upon the sale of our common stock or preferred stock, will not be
subject to U.S. federal income tax or any withholding of such tax,
unless (a) the distributions or gains, as the case may be, are
effectively connected with the Non-U.S. stockholder’s conduct of a
trade or business within the United States (and, if required by an
applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a U.S. permanent
establishment of the Non-U.S. stockholder), in which case the
distributions or gains will be subject to U.S. federal income tax
on a net basis at the rates and in the manner applicable to U.S.
stockholders generally, or (b) the Non-U.S. stockholder is an
individual who has been present in the United States for 183 days
or more during the taxable year and satisfies certain other
conditions, in which case, except as otherwise provided by an
applicable income tax treaty, the
54
distributions or gains, which may be offset by certain U.S.-source
capital losses, generally will be subject to a flat 30% U.S.
federal income tax, even though the Non-U.S. stockholder is not
considered a resident alien under the Code.
If we distribute our net capital gains in the form of deemed rather
than actual distributions, a Non-U.S. stockholder will be entitled
to a U.S. federal income tax credit or tax refund equal to the
stockholder’s allocable share of the tax we pay on the capital
gains deemed to have been distributed. In order to obtain the
refund, the Non-U.S. stockholder must obtain a U.S. taxpayer
identification number and file a U.S. federal income tax return,
even if the Non-U.S. stockholder would not otherwise be required to
obtain a U.S. taxpayer identification number or file a U.S. federal
income tax return.
For a corporate Non-U.S. stockholder, both distributions (actual or
deemed) and gains realized upon the sale of our common stock or
preferred stock that are effectively connected with the Non-U.S.
stockholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the United
States may, under certain circumstances, be subject to an
additional “branch profits tax” at a 30% rate (or at a lower rate
if provided for by an applicable income tax treaty).
Although we currently do not intend to do so, we have the ability
to declare a large portion of a distribution in shares of our
stock. We are not subject to restrictions on the circumstances in
which we may declare a portion of a distribution in shares of our
stock, but would generally anticipate doing so only in unusual
situations, such as, for example, if we did not have sufficient
cash to meet our RIC distribution requirements under the Code.
Generally, were we to declare such a distribution, we would allow
stockholders to elect payment in cash and/or shares of equivalent
value. Under published IRS guidance, the entire distribution will
generally be treated as a taxable distribution for U.S. federal
income tax purposes, and count towards our RIC distribution
requirements under the Code, if certain conditions are satisfied.
Among other things, the aggregate amount of cash available to be
distributed to all stockholders is required to be at least 20% (or,
under recently published IRS guidance, for distributions declared
on or after April 1, 2020, and on or before December 31,
2020, at least 10%) of the aggregate declared distribution. If too
many stockholders elect to receive cash, the cash available for
distribution is required to be allocated among the stockholders
electing to receive cash (with the balance of the distribution paid
in stock) under a formula provided in the applicable IRS guidance.
Each stockholder electing to receive cash would be entitled to
receive cash in an amount equal to at least the lesser of
(i) the portion of the distribution such stockholder elected
to receive in cash and (ii) such stockholder’s entire
distribution multiplied by the percentage limitation on cash
available for distribution. The number of shares of our stock
distributed would thus depend on the applicable percentage
limitation on cash available for distribution, the stockholders’
individual elections to receive cash or stock, and the value of the
shares of stock. Each Non-U.S. stockholder generally would be
treated as having received a taxable distribution (including for
purposes of the application of the withholding tax rules discussed
above) on the date the distribution is received in an amount equal
to the cash that such Non-U.S. stockholder would have received if
the entire distribution had been paid in cash, even if such
Non-U.S. stockholder received all or most of the distribution in
shares of our stock. In such a circumstance, all or substantially
all of the cash that would otherwise be distributed to a Non-U.S.
stockholder may be withheld or shares of our stock may be withheld
and sold to fund the applicable withholding.
We have adopted a dividend reinvestment plan under which
stockholders who do not “opt out” receive distributions in the form
of additional shares instead of in cash. If a Non-U.S. stockholder
reinvests distributions in additional shares, such Non-U.S.
stockholder will generally be subject to the same U.S. federal,
state and local tax consequences as if it had received a
distribution in cash and, for this purpose, a Non-U.S. stockholder
receiving a distribution in the form of additional shares will
generally be treated as receiving a distribution in the amount of
cash that the Non-U.S. stockholder would have received if it had
elected to receive the distribution in cash. If we issue
additional shares with a fair market value equal to or greater than
net asset value, however, a Non-U.S. stockholder will be treated as
receiving a distribution in the amount of the fair market value of
the distributed shares. If the distribution is subject to
withholding tax as described above, only the net after-tax amount
will be reinvested in additional shares. If the distribution is
effectively connected with a U.S. trade or
55
business of the Non-U.S. stockholder (and, if required by an
applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent
establishment of the Non-U.S. stockholder), and the Non-U.S.
stockholder complies with the applicable certification and
disclosure requirements, the full amount of the distribution
generally will be reinvested in additional shares and will
nevertheless be subject to U.S. federal income tax at the rates and
in the manner applicable to U.S. stockholders generally. The
Non-U.S. stockholder will have an adjusted tax basis in the
additional shares of our common stock purchased through the
dividend reinvestment plan equal to the total dollar amount treated
as a distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The
additional shares will have a new holding period commencing on the
day following the day on which the shares are credited to the
Non-U.S. stockholder’s account.
Jurisdiction of Tax Residence
The tax treatment of a Non-U.S. stockholder in its jurisdiction of
tax residence will depend entirely on the laws of such
jurisdiction, and may vary considerably from jurisdiction to
jurisdiction. Depending on (i) the laws of such Non-U.S.
stockholder’s jurisdiction of tax residence, (ii) how we are
treated in such jurisdiction, and (iii) our activities, an
investment in us could result in such Non-U.S. stockholder
recognizing adverse tax consequences in its jurisdiction of tax
residence, including with respect to any generally required or
additional tax filings and/or additional disclosure required in
such filings in relation to the treatment for tax purposes in the
relevant jurisdiction of an interest in us and/or of distributions
from us and any uncertainties arising in that respect (our not
being established under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction), the
possibility of taxable income significantly in excess of cash
distributed to a Non-U.S. stockholder, and possibly in excess of
our actual economic income, the possibilities of losing deductions
or the ability to utilize tax basis and of sums invested being
returned in the form of taxable income or gains, and the
possibility of being subject to tax at unfavorable tax rates. A
Non-U.S. stockholder may also be subject to restrictions on the use
of its share of our deductions and losses in its jurisdiction of
tax residence. Each Non-U.S. stockholder is urged to consult its
own tax advisers with respect to the tax and tax filing
consequences, if any, in its jurisdiction of tax residence of an
investment in us, as well as any other jurisdiction in which such
Non-U.S. stockholder is subject to taxation.
Backup Withholding
A Non-U.S. stockholder generally will be subject to information
reporting and may be subject to backup withholding of U.S. federal
income tax on taxable distributions unless the Non-U.S. stockholder
provides the applicable withholding agent with an IRS Form W-8BEN
or W-8BEN-E or an acceptable substitute form or otherwise
establishes an exemption from backup withholding. Backup
withholding is not an additional tax, and any amount withheld under
the backup withholding rules is allowed as a credit against the
Non-U.S. stockholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability (which may
entitle the Non-U.S. stockholder to a refund), provided that proper
information is timely provided to the IRS.
Withholding and Information Reporting on Foreign Financial
Accounts
Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act rules of the Code and
applicable Treasury regulations (collectively referred to as
“FATCA”), the applicable withholding agent generally will be
required to withhold 30% of (a) any dividends on our common
stock or preferred stock and (b) the gross proceeds from a
sale or other disposition of our common stock or preferred stock,
in each case, paid to (i) a non-U.S. financial institution
(whether such financial institution is the beneficial owner or an
intermediary) unless such non-U.S. financial institution agrees to
verify, report and disclose its U.S. accountholders and meets
certain other specified requirements or (ii) a non-financial
non-U.S. entity (whether such entity is the beneficial owner or an
intermediary) unless such entity certifies that it does not have
any substantial U.S. owners or provides the name, address and
taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner and
such entity meets certain other specified requirements. Proposed
Treasury regulations that may be relied on pending finalization
provide that FATCA withholding on gross proceeds will be eliminated
and, consequently, this withholding tax on gross proceeds is not
currently expected to apply. An intergovernmental agreement between
the United States and an
56
applicable foreign country, or future Treasury regulations or other
guidance, may modify these requirements. If payment of this
withholding tax is made, Non-U.S. stockholders that are otherwise
eligible for an exemption from, or a reduction in, withholding of
U.S. federal income taxes with respect to such dividends or
proceeds will be required to seek a credit or refund from the IRS
to obtain the benefit of such exemption or reduction. We will not
pay any additional amounts in respect of any amounts withheld.
Each Non-U.S. stockholder should consult its own tax advisers
with respect to the U.S. federal income and withholding tax
consequences, and state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences, of an
investment in shares of our common stock or preferred
stock.
Change in Tax Laws
Each prospective investor should be aware that tax laws and
regulations are changing on an ongoing basis, and such laws and/or
regulations may be changed with retroactive effect. Moreover, the
interpretation and/or application of tax laws and regulations by
certain tax authorities may not be clear, consistent or
transparent. Uncertainty in the tax law may require us to accrue
potential tax liabilities even in situations in which we and/or our
stockholders do not expect to be ultimately subject to such tax
liabilities. In that regard, accounting standards and/or related
tax reporting obligations may change, giving rise to additional
accrual and/or other obligations.
Developments in the tax laws of the United States or other
jurisdictions could have a material effect on the tax consequences
to the stockholders, us, and/or our direct and indirect
subsidiaries, and stockholders may be required to provide certain
additional information to us (which may be provided to the IRS or
other taxing authorities) and may be subject to other adverse
consequences as a result of such change in tax laws. In the event
of any such change in tax law, each stockholder is urged to consult
its own advisors.
57
DESCRIPTION OF OUR CAPITAL
STOCK
The following description of our capital stock is based on
relevant portions of the DGCL and on our certificate of
incorporation and bylaws. This summary is not necessarily complete,
and we refer you to the DGCL and our certificate of incorporation
and bylaws for a more detailed description of the provisions
summarized below.
Capital Stock
As of the date of this prospectus, our authorized stock consists of
200,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, and
1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.001 per share.
Our common stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol “GSBD.”
There are no outstanding options or warrants to purchase our stock.
Under Delaware law, our stockholders will generally not be
personally liable for our debts or obligations.
Unless our Board of Directors determines otherwise, we will issue
all shares of our capital stock in uncertificated form.
The following table sets forth information on our capital stock as
of November 11, 2020:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Title of Class
|
|
(2) Amount
Authorized
|
|
|
(3) Amount Held
by us or for Our
Account
|
|
|
(4) Amount
Outstanding
Exclusive of
Amount Shown
Under (3)
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
200,000,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
101,534,370 |
|
Preferred Stock
|
|
|
1,000,000 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
Common Stock
All shares of our common stock have equal rights as to earnings,
assets, dividends and other distributions and voting and, when they
are issued, will be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and
nonassessable. Distributions may be made or paid to the holders of
our common stock if, as and when declared by our Board of Directors
out of funds legally available therefor, subject to the rights of
holders of shares of any series of our preferred stock then
outstanding. Shares of our common stock have no exchange,
conversion or redemption rights. Shares of our common stock are
subject to the transfer restrictions set forth in our certificate
of incorporation, as described more fully below, as well as any
restrictions on transfer arising under federal and state securities
laws or by contract. Following the time at which the transfer
restrictions contained in our certificate of incorporation
terminate, shares of our common stock will be freely transferable,
except when their transfer is restricted by federal and state
securities laws or by contract. In the event of our liquidation,
dissolution or winding up, each share of our common stock would be
entitled to share ratably in all of our assets that are legally
available for distribution after we pay all debts and other
liabilities and subject to any preferential rights of holders of
shares of any series of our preferred stock then outstanding. Each
share of our common stock is entitled to one vote on all matters
submitted to a vote of stockholders generally, including the
election of directors elected by a vote of stockholders generally.
Except as provided with respect to any other class or series of
stock, including our preferred stock, as more fully described
below, the holders of our common stock possess exclusive voting
power. There is no cumulative voting in the election of our Board
of Directors, which means that holders of a majority of the
outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote in the
election of such directors are entitled to elect that number of
nominees equal to the number of directors to be elected by such
holders, and holders of less than a majority of such shares will be
unable to elect one or more specific directors for any available
directorship. In addition, holders of our common stock may
participate in our dividend reinvestment plan.
58
In connection with the Merger, we adopted an amended and restated
certificate of incorporation that became effective upon the closing
of the Merger that generally restricted all stockholders who
received shares of our common stock in the Merger (the “Affected
Stockholders”) from transferring their respective shares of our
common stock for at least 90 days following the date of the closing
of the Merger (the “Closing Date”), subject to a
modified lock-up schedule
thereafter (lock-up restrictions on 1/3 of the Affected
Stockholders’ shares will lapse after 90 days from the Closing
Date, lock-up restrictions on an additional 1/3 of the
Affected Stockholders’ shares will lapse after 180 days from the
Closing Date, and lock-up restrictions on the remaining
1/3 of the Affected Stockholders’ shares will lapse after 270 days
from the Closing Date).
Preferred Stock
Our certificate of incorporation authorizes our Board of Directors
to create and issue one or more series of preferred stock to the
extent permitted by the Investment Company Act. Prior to the
issuance of shares of each series of preferred stock, our Board of
Directors will be required by Delaware law and by our certificate
of incorporation to establish the voting powers (full or limited,
or no voting powers), and the designations, preferences and
relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and the
qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of each
series of our preferred stock. Thus, to the extent permitted by the
Investment Company Act, the Board of Directors could authorize the
issuance of shares of a series of our preferred stock with terms
and conditions which could have the effect of delaying, deferring
or preventing a transaction or a change in control that might
involve a premium price for holders of our common stock or
otherwise be in their best interest.
Any issuance of preferred stock must comply with the requirements
of the Investment Company Act. The Investment Company Act requires,
among other things, that (1) immediately after issuance and
before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to
our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made,
such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must
not exceed an amount equal to 66 2/3% of our total assets after
deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase
price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of
preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class
voting separately to elect two directors at all times and to elect
a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock
are in arrears by two full years or more. Certain matters under the
Investment Company Act require the affirmative vote of the holders
of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock
(as determined in accordance with the Investment Company Act),
including any outstanding perpetual preferred stock, voting
together as a separate class. For example, the vote of such holders
of preferred stock would be required to approve a proposal
involving a plan of reorganization adversely affecting such
securities.
Provisions of the DGCL and Our Certificate of Incorporation and
Bylaws
Limitation on Liability of Directors; Indemnification and
Advancement of Expenses
The indemnification of our officers and directors is governed by
Section 145 of the DGCL and our certificate of incorporation
and bylaws. Section 145(a) of the DGCL empowers the Company to
indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be
made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit
or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the
Company) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a
director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or is or was
serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including
attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement
actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with
such action, suit or proceeding if (1) such person acted in
good faith, (2) in a manner such person reasonably believed to
be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and
(3) with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, such
person had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was
unlawful.
59
Section 145(b) of the DGCL empowers the Company to indemnify
any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a
party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or
in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor by
reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer,
employee or agent of the Company, or is or was serving at the
request of the Company as a director, officer, employee or agent of
another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other
enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually
and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the
defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted
in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be
in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company, and
except that no indemnification may be made in respect of any claim,
issue or matter as to which such person has been adjudged to be
liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the
Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or
suit was brought determines upon application that, despite the
adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of
the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to
indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such
other court deems proper.
Section 145(c) of the DGCL provides that to the extent that a
present or former director or officer of the Company has been
successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any action,
suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and
(b) of Section 145, or in defense of any claim, issue or
matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses
(including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by
such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding.
Section 145(d) of the DGCL provides that in all cases in which
indemnification is permitted under subsections (a) and
(b) of Section 145 (unless ordered by a court), it will
be made by the Company only if it is consistent with the Investment
Company Act and as authorized in the specific case upon a
determination that indemnification of the present or former
director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances
because the person to be indemnified has met the applicable
standard of conduct set forth in those subsections. Such
determination must be made, with respect to a person who is a
director or officer at the time of such determination, (1) by
a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such
action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or
(2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority
vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or
(3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so
direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion or
(4) by the stockholders.
Section 145(e) authorizes the Company to pay expenses
(including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of
the Company in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or
investigative action, suit or proceeding in advance of the final
disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an
undertaking by or on behalf of the person to whom the advancement
will be made to repay the advanced amounts if it is ultimately
determined that he or she was not entitled to be indemnified by the
Company as authorized by Section 145. Section 145(e) also
provides that such expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by
former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the
Company, or persons serving at the request of the Company as
directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation,
partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so
paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems
appropriate.
Section 145(f) provides that indemnification and advancement
of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other
subsections of such Section are not to be deemed exclusive of any
other rights to which those seeking indemnification or advancement
of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of
stockholders or disinterested directors, or otherwise.
Section 145(g) authorizes the Company to purchase and maintain
insurance on behalf of its current and former directors, officers,
employees and agents (and on behalf of any person who is or was
serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer,
employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint
venture, trust or other enterprise) against any liability asserted
against such person and incurred by such person in any such
capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such,
regardless of whether the Company would have the power to indemnify
such persons against such liability under Section 145.
60
Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL allows the Company to provide in
its certificate of incorporation a provision that limits or
eliminates the personal liability of a director of the Company to
the Company or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of
fiduciary duty as a director, provided that such provision may not
limit or eliminate the liability of a director (1) for any
breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the Company or its
stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or
which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law,
(3) under Section 174 of the DGCL, relating to unlawful
payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemption of
stock or (4) for any transaction from which the director
derived an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of
incorporation will provide that our directors will not be liable to
us or our stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary
duty as a director to the fullest extent permitted by the current
DGCL or as the DGCL may hereafter be amended.
Our certificate of incorporation requires us to indemnify to the
full extent permitted by Section 145 of the DGCL all persons
whom we may indemnify under that section. Our certificate of
incorporation also provides that expenses incurred by our officers
or directors in defending any action, suit or proceeding for which
they may be entitled to indemnification under our certificate of
incorporation shall be paid in advance of the final disposition of
the action, suit or proceeding. However, any indemnification or
payment or reimbursement of expenses made pursuant to such
provisions of our certificate of incorporation will be subject to
the applicable requirements of the Investment Company Act. In
addition, our bylaws provide that, except for certain proceedings
initiated by our directors or officers, we must indemnify, and
advance expenses to, our current and former directors and officers
to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, but provide that any
indemnification or reimbursement of expenses thereunder is subject
to the applicable requirements of the Investment Company Act.
Delaware Anti-Takeover Law
The DGCL contains, and our certificate of incorporation and bylaws
also contain, provisions that could make it more difficult for a
potential acquirer to acquire us by means of a tender offer, proxy
contest or otherwise. These provisions are expected to discourage
certain coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids
and to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to
negotiate first with our Board of Directors. These measures may
delay, defer or prevent a transaction or a change in control that
might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. We
believe, however, that the benefits of these provisions outweigh
the potential disadvantages of discouraging any such acquisition
proposals because the negotiation of such proposals may improve
their terms.
We have elected in our certificate of incorporation not to be
subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an antitakeover law.
However, our certificate of incorporation contains provisions that,
at any point in time in which our common stock is registered under
Section 12(b) or Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act, have
the same effect as Section 203, except that it exempts Group
Inc. and its affiliates, and certain of its or their respective
direct or indirect transferees and any group as to which such
persons are a party, from the effect of those provisions. In
general, these provisions will prohibit us from engaging in any
“business combination” with any “interested stockholder” for a
period of three years following the date that the stockholder
became an interested stockholder, unless:
|
• |
|
prior to such time, the Board of Directors approved either the
business combination or the transaction which resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
|
|
• |
|
upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the Company
outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for
purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding (but not the
outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder) those
shares owned by persons who are directors and also officers of the
Company; or
|
61
|
• |
|
at or subsequent the such time the business combination is approved
by the Board of Directors and authorized at a meeting of
stockholders, and not by written consent, by at least two-thirds of
the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested
stockholder.
|
These provisions define “business combination” to include the
following:
|
• |
|
any merger or consolidation involving the Company or any direct or
indirect majority-owned subsidiary of the Company with the
interested stockholder;
|
|
• |
|
any sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other
disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions),
except proportionately as a stockholder of such corporation, to or
with the interested stockholder, of 10% or more of either the
aggregate market value of all the assets of the Company or the
aggregate market value of all the outstanding stock of the Company;
subject to certain exceptions, any transaction that results in the
issuance or transfer by the Company or by any direct or indirect
majority-owned subsidiary of the Company of any stock of the
Company or of such subsidiary to the interested stockholder;
|
|
• |
|
any transaction involving the Company or any direct or indirect
majority-owned subsidiary of the Company that has the effect,
directly or indirectly, of increasing the proportionate share of
the stock of any class or series (or securities convertible into
the stock of any class or series) of the Company or of any such
subsidiary owned by the interested stockholder, except as to
immaterial changes due to fractional share adjustments or as a
result of any purchase or redemption of any shares of stock not
caused, directly or indirectly, by the interested stockholder;
or
|
|
• |
|
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit, directly
or indirectly (except proportionately as a stockholder of the
Company), of any loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other
financial benefits provided by or through the Company or any direct
or indirect majority-owned subsidiary.
|
In general, these provisions define an “interested stockholder” as
any entity or person that is the beneficial owner of 15% or more of
our outstanding voting stock or is an affiliate or associate of us
and was the beneficial owner of 15% or more of our outstanding
voting stock at any time within the three-year period immediately
prior to the relevant date, and the affiliates or associates of any
such entity or person, but Group Inc. and its affiliates and
certain of its or their respective direct or indirect transferees
and any group as to which such persons are a party are excluded
from the definition of interested stockholder.
These provisions could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover
or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage
attempts to acquire us.
Election of Directors
Our bylaws provide that, unless otherwise provided in our
certificate of incorporation (including with respect to the special
rights of holders of one or more series of our preferred stock to
elect directors), our directors are elected by the affirmative vote
of the holders of a majority of the votes cast by stockholders
entitled to vote thereon present in person or by proxy at a meeting
of stockholders called for the purpose of electing directors. Under
our certificate of incorporation, our Board of Directors has the
power to amend our bylaws, including the provisions specifying the
vote required to elect directors. Under Section 216 of the
DGCL, however, a bylaw amendment adopted by stockholders which
specifies the votes that shall be necessary for the election of
directors shall not be further amended or repealed by the Board of
Directors.
Classified Board of Directors
Under our certificate of incorporation, subject to the special
right of the holders of one or more series of preferred stock to
elect additional preferred directors, our directors are divided
into three classes of directors,
62
serving staggered three-year terms, with the term of office of
directors in only one of the three classes expiring each year. As a
result, one-third of such directors will then be elected each year.
A classified board may render a change in control of us or removal
of our incumbent management more difficult. We believe, however,
that, the longer time required to elect a majority of a classified
Board of Directors will help to ensure the continuity and stability
of our management and policies.
Number of Directors; Removal; Vacancies
Our certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to any
rights of holders of one or more series of preferred stock to elect
additional preferred directors, the total number of directors is
fixed from time to time exclusively pursuant to a resolution
adopted by the Board of Directors. Under the DGCL, unless the
certificate of incorporation provides otherwise (which our
certificate of incorporation does not), directors on a classified
board may be removed only for cause. Our certificate of
incorporation provides that our directors are divided into classes
serving staggered three-year terms and such directors may only be
removed for cause, and only upon the affirmative vote of holders of
at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares entitled to vote
generally in the election of directors. Under our certificate of
incorporation, subject to the applicable requirements of the
Investment Company Act and the rights of the holders of one or more
series of preferred stock, any vacancy on the Board of Directors
resulting from the death, resignation, retirement, removal or
disqualification of a director or other cause, or any vacancy
resulting from an increase in the number of directors, may be
filled only by vote of a majority of the directors then in office,
even though less than a quorum, or by a sole remaining director;
provided that when the holders of any class or series of our stock
are entitled under the certificate of incorporation to elect
directors, vacancies in directorships elected by such class,
classes or series may be filled by a majority of the remaining
directors so elected. Any such limitations on the ability of our
stockholders to remove directors and fill vacancies could make it
more difficult for a third party to acquire, or discourage a third
party from seeking to acquire, control of us.
Action by Stockholders
Our certificate of incorporation provides that our stockholders are
only able to take action at an annual or special meeting of
stockholders and may not take action by written consent of
stockholders in lieu of a meeting. This may have the effect of
delaying consideration of a stockholder proposal until the next
annual meeting.
Advance Notice Provisions for Stockholder Nominations and
Stockholder Proposals
Our bylaws provide that with respect to an annual meeting of
stockholders, nominations of persons for election to the Board of
Directors and the proposal of other business to be considered by
stockholders may be made only (1) by or at the direction of
the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee thereof),
(2) pursuant to our notice of meeting or (3) by a
stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has
complied with the advance notice procedures of the bylaws. For any
nomination or business proposal to be properly brought by a
stockholder for a meeting, such stockholder will have to comply
with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain
information. Generally, to be timely, a stockholder’s notice must
be received at our principal executive offices not less than 90
days nor more than 120 days prior to the first anniversary date of
the immediately preceding annual meeting of stockholders. Our
bylaws specify requirements as to the form and content of any such
stockholder’s notice. Our bylaws also allow the presiding officer
at a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for
the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the
conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and
regulations are not followed. Our bylaws further provide that
nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors at a
special meeting may be made only by or at the direction of the
Board of Directors, and provided that the Board of Directors has
determined that directors will be elected at the meeting, by a
stockholder who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has
complied with the advance notice provisions of the bylaws.
63
The purpose of requiring stockholders to give us advance notice of
nominations and other business is to afford our Board of Directors
a meaningful opportunity to consider the qualifications of the
proposed nominees and the advisability of any other proposed
business and, to the extent deemed necessary or desirable by our
Board of Directors, to inform stockholders and make recommendations
about such qualifications or business, as well as to provide a more
orderly procedure for conducting meetings of stockholders. Although
our bylaws do not give our Board of Directors any power to
disapprove stockholder nominations for the election of directors or
proposals recommending certain action that are made in compliance
with applicable advance notice procedures, they may have the effect
of precluding a contest for the election of directors or the
consideration of stockholder proposals if proper procedures are not
followed and of discouraging or deterring a third party from
conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of
directors or to approve its own proposal without regard to whether
consideration of such nominees or proposals might be harmful or
beneficial to us and our stockholders.
Stockholder Meetings
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that any action
required or permitted to be taken by stockholders at an annual
meeting or special meeting of stockholders may only be taken if it
is properly brought before such meeting. Stockholders at an annual
meeting may only consider proposals or nominations specified in the
notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the
direction of the Board of Directors, or by a stockholder of record
on the record date for the meeting who is entitled to vote at the
meeting and who has delivered timely written notice in proper form
to the secretary of the stockholder’s intention to bring such
business before the meeting. These provisions could have the effect
of delaying until the next stockholder meeting stockholder actions
that are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding
voting securities.
Calling of Special Meetings of Stockholders
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that special
meetings of stockholders may be called by our Board of Directors,
the chairman of the Board of Directors and our chief executive
officer, and not by any other person.
Amendments to the Certificate of Incorporation and
Bylaws
Section 242 of the DGCL generally provides any amendment to
the certificate of incorporation must be approved and declared
advisable by the Board of Directors and adopted by the affirmative
vote of holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of capital
stock entitled to vote thereon, and by a majority of the
outstanding stock of each class entitled to vote thereon as a
class. Section 109 of the DGCL provides that, after a
corporation has received payment for its capital stock, the power
to adopt, amend or repeal the bylaws shall be in the stockholders
entitled to vote, but any corporation may, in its certificate of
incorporation, confer the power to adopt, amend or repeal bylaws
upon the directors. Our certificate of incorporation provides our
Board of Directors with such power. The DGCL provides that the
certificate of incorporation may contain provisions requiring for
any corporate action the vote of a larger portion of the stock or
of any class or series thereof than is required by the DGCL. Our
certificate of incorporation provides that the following
provisions, among others, may be amended by our stockholders only
by a vote of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of our
capital stock entitled to vote thereon:
|
• |
|
the provisions regarding the classification of our Board of
Directors;
|
|
• |
|
the provisions specifying the percentage of votes required to
remove directors for cause;
|
|
• |
|
the provisions limiting stockholder action by written consent;
|
|
• |
|
the provisions regarding the calling of special meetings;
|
64
|
• |
|
the provisions regarding the number of directors and filling
vacancies on our Board of Directors and newly created
directorships;
|
|
• |
|
the provision requiring a supermajority vote to amend our
bylaws;
|
|
• |
|
the limitation of directors’ personal liability to us or our
stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty as a director;
|
|
• |
|
the provisions regarding indemnification and advancement of
expenses under our certificate of incorporation;
|
|
• |
|
the provision regarding restrictions on business combinations with
interested stockholders; and
|
|
• |
|
the amendment provision requiring that the above provisions be
amended only with a two-thirds supermajority vote.
|
Our bylaws generally are able to be amended by approval of
(i) a majority of the total number of authorized directors or
(ii) the affirmative vote of the holders of at least
two-thirds of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled
to vote thereon.
Conflict with Investment Company Act
Our bylaws provide that, if and to the extent that any provision of
the DGCL or any provision of our certificate of incorporation or
bylaws conflicts with any provision of the Investment Company Act,
the applicable provision of the Investment Company Act will
control.
65
DESCRIPTION OF OUR PREFERRED
STOCK
In addition to shares of common stock, our certificate of
incorporation authorizes our Board of Directors to create and issue
one or more series of preferred stock to the extent permitted by
the Investment Company Act. Prior to the issuance of shares of each
series of preferred stock, our Board of Directors will be required
by Delaware law and by our certificate of incorporation to
establish the voting powers (full or limited, or no voting powers),
and the designations, preferences and relative, participating,
optional or other special rights, and the qualifications,
limitations and restrictions thereof, of each series of our
preferred stock. Thus, to the extent permitted by the Investment
Company Act, the Board of Directors could authorize the issuance of
shares of a series of our preferred stock with terms and conditions
which could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a
transaction or a change in control that might involve a premium
price for holders of our common stock or otherwise be in their best
interest.
Any issuance of preferred stock must comply with the requirements
of the Investment Company Act. The Investment Company Act requires,
among other things, that (1) immediately after issuance and
before any dividend or other distribution is made with respect to
our common stock and before any purchase of common stock is made,
such preferred stock together with all other senior securities must
not exceed an amount equal to 66 2/3% of our total assets after
deducting the amount of such dividend, distribution or purchase
price, as the case may be, and (2) the holders of shares of
preferred stock, if any are issued, must be entitled as a class
voting separately to elect two directors at all times and to elect
a majority of the directors if dividends on such preferred stock
are in arrears by two full years or more. Certain matters under the
Investment Company Act require the affirmative vote of the holders
of at least a majority of the outstanding shares of preferred stock
(as determined in accordance with the Investment Company Act),
including any outstanding perpetual preferred stock, voting
together as a separate class. For example, the vote of such holders
of preferred stock would be required to approve a proposal
involving a plan of reorganization adversely affecting such
securities.
The following is a general description of the terms of the
preferred stock we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of
any preferred stock we offer will be described in the prospectus
supplement relating to such preferred stock.
For any series of preferred stock that we may issue, our board of
directors or a committee thereof will determine and the amendment
to our certificate of incorporation and prospectus supplement
relating to such series will describe:
|
• |
|
the designation and number of shares of such series;
|
|
• |
|
the rate, whether fixed or variable, and time at which, and the
preferences and conditions under which, any dividends will be paid
on shares of such series, as well as whether such dividends are
participating or non-participating;
|
|
• |
|
any provisions relating to convertibility or exchangeability of the
shares of such series, including adjustments to the conversion
price of such series;
|
|
• |
|
the rights and preferences, if any, of holders of shares of such
series upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our
affairs;
|
|
• |
|
the voting powers, if any, of the holders of shares of such
series;
|
|
• |
|
any provisions relating to the redemption of the shares of such
series;
|
|
• |
|
any limitations on our ability to pay dividends or make
distributions on, or acquire or redeem, other securities while
shares of such series are outstanding;
|
66
|
• |
|
any conditions or restrictions on our ability to issue additional
shares of such series or other securities;
|
|
• |
|
if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax
considerations; and
|
|
• |
|
any other relative powers, preferences and participating, optional
or special rights of shares of such series, and the qualifications,
limitations or restrictions thereof.
|
All shares of preferred stock that we may issue will be identical
and of equal rank except as to the particular terms thereof that
may be fixed by our board of directors, and all shares of each
series of preferred stock will be identical and of equal rank
except as to the dates from which dividends or other distributions,
if any, thereon will be cumulative.
67
DESCRIPTION OF OUR
WARRANTS
The following is a general description of the terms of the warrants
we may issue from time to time. Particular terms of any warrants we
offer will be described in the prospectus supplement relating to
such warrants.
We may issue warrants to purchase shares of our common stock,
preferred stock or debt securities. Such warrants may be issued
independently or together with common stock, preferred stock or
debt securities and may be attached or separate from such
securities. We will issue each series of warrants under a separate
warrant agreement to be entered into between us and a warrant
agent. The warrant agent will act solely as our agent and will not
assume any obligation or relationship of agency for or with holders
or beneficial owners of warrants.
A prospectus supplement will describe the particular terms of any
series of warrants we may issue, including the following:
|
• |
|
the title of such warrants;
|
|
• |
|
the aggregate number of such warrants;
|
|
• |
|
the price or prices at which such warrants will be issued;
|
|
• |
|
the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in
which the price of such warrants may be payable;
|
|
• |
|
if applicable, the designation and terms of the securities with
which the warrants are issued and the number of warrants issued
with each such security or each principal amount of such
security;
|
|
• |
|
in the case of warrants to purchase debt securities, the principal
amount of debt securities purchasable upon exercise of one warrant
and the price at which and the currency or currencies, including
composite currencies, in which this principal amount of debt
securities may be purchased upon such exercise;
|
|
• |
|
in the case of warrants to purchase common stock or preferred
stock, the number of shares of common stock or preferred stock, as
the case may be, purchasable upon exercise of one warrant and the
price at which and the currency or currencies, including composite
currencies, in which these shares may be purchased upon such
exercise;
|
|
• |
|
the date on which the right to exercise such warrants shall
commence and the date on which such right will expire (subject to
any extension);
|
|
• |
|
whether such warrants will be issued in registered form or bearer
form;
|
|
• |
|
if applicable, the minimum or maximum amount of such warrants which
may be exercised at any one time;
|
|
• |
|
if applicable, the date on and after which such warrants and the
related securities will be separately transferable;
|
|
• |
|
the terms of any rights to redeem, or call such warrants;
|
|
• |
|
information with respect to book-entry procedures, if any;
|
|
• |
|
the terms of the securities issuable upon exercise of the
warrants;
|
68
|
• |
|
if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax
considerations; and
|
|
• |
|
any other terms of such warrants, including terms, procedures and
limitations relating to the exchange and exercise of such
warrants.
|
We and the warrant agent may amend or supplement the warrant
agreement for a series of warrants without the consent of the
holders of the warrants issued thereunder to effect changes that
are not inconsistent with the provisions of the warrants and that
do not materially and adversely affect the interests of the holders
of the warrants.
Prior to exercising their warrants, holders of warrants will not
have any of the rights of holders of the securities purchasable
upon such exercise, including, in the case of warrants to purchase
debt securities, the right to receive principal, premium, if any,
or interest payments, on the debt securities purchasable upon
exercise or to enforce covenants in the applicable indenture or, in
the case of warrants to purchase common stock or preferred stock,
the right to receive dividends or other distributions, if any, or
payments upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up or to
exercise any voting rights.
Under the Investment Company Act, we may generally only offer
warrants provided that (1) the warrants expire by their terms
within ten years; (2) the exercise or conversion price is not
less than the current market value at the date of issuance;
(3) our stockholders authorize the proposal to issue such
warrants, and our board of directors approves such issuance on the
basis that the issuance is in the best interests of us and our
stockholders; and (4) if the warrants are accompanied by other
securities, the warrants are not separately transferable unless no
class of such warrants and the securities accompanying them has
been publicly distributed. The Investment Company Act also provides
that the amount of our voting securities that would result from the
exercise of all outstanding warrants at the time of issuance may
not exceed 25% of our outstanding voting securities.
69
DESCRIPTION OF OUR DEBT
SECURITIES
We may issue debt securities in one or more series. The specific
terms of each series of debt securities will be described in the
particular prospectus supplement relating to that series. The
prospectus supplement may or may not modify the general terms found
in this prospectus and will be filed with the SEC. For a complete
description of the terms of a particular series of debt securities,
you should read both this prospectus and the prospectus supplement
relating to that particular series.
As required by federal law for all bonds and notes of companies
that are publicly offered, the debt securities are governed by a
document called an “indenture.” An indenture is a contract between
us and a financial institution acting as trustee on your behalf,
and is subject to and governed by the Trust Indenture Act of 1939,
as amended. The trustee has two main roles. First, the trustee can
enforce your rights against us if we default. There are some
limitations on the extent to which the trustee acts on your behalf,
described in the second paragraph under “—Events of
Default—Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs.” Second, the
trustee performs certain administrative duties for us.
Because this section is a summary, it does not describe every
aspect of the debt securities and the indenture. We urge you to
read the indenture because it, and not this description, defines
your rights as a holder of debt securities. See “Available
Information” for information on how to obtain a copy of the
indenture.
The prospectus supplement, which will accompany this prospectus,
will describe the particular series of debt securities being
offered by including:
|
• |
|
the designation or title of the series of debt securities;
|
|
• |
|
the total principal amount of the series of debt securities;
|
|
• |
|
the percentage of the principal amount at which the series of debt
securities will be offered;
|
|
• |
|
the date or dates on which principal will be payable;
|
|
• |
|
the rate or rates (which may be either fixed or variable) and/or
the method of determining such rate or rates of interest, if
any;
|
|
• |
|
the date or dates from which any interest will accrue, or the
method of determining such date or dates, and the date or dates on
which any interest will be payable;
|
|
• |
|
the terms for redemption, extension or early repayment, if any;
|
|
• |
|
the currencies in which the series of debt securities are issued
and payable;
|
|
• |
|
whether the amount of payments of principal, premium or interest,
if any, on a series of debt securities will be determined with
reference to an index, formula or other method (which could be
based on one or more currencies, commodities, equity indices or
other indices) and how these amounts will be determined;
|
|
• |
|
the place or places, if any, other than or in addition to The City
of New York, of payment, transfer, conversion and/or exchange of
the debt securities;
|
|
• |
|
the denominations in which the offered debt securities will be
issued;
|
|
• |
|
the provision for any sinking fund;
|
70
|
• |
|
any restrictive covenants;
|
|
• |
|
whether the series of debt securities are issuable in certificated
form;
|
|
• |
|
any provisions for defeasance or covenant defeasance;
|
|
• |
|
any special federal income tax implications, including, if
applicable, federal income tax considerations relating to original
issue discount;
|
|
• |
|
whether and under what circumstances we will pay additional amounts
in respect of any tax, assessment or governmental charge and, if
so, whether we will have the option to redeem the debt securities
rather than pay the additional amounts (and the terms of this
option);
|
|
• |
|
any provisions for convertibility or exchangeability of the debt
securities into or for any other securities;
|
|
• |
|
whether the debt securities are subject to subordination and the
terms of such subordination;
|
|
• |
|
whether the debt securities are secured and the terms of any
security interest;
|
|
• |
|
the listing, if any, on a securities exchange; and
|
The debt securities may be secured or unsecured obligations. Unless
the prospectus supplement states otherwise, principal (and premium,
if any) and interest, if any, will be paid by us in immediately
available funds.
We are permitted, under specified conditions, to issue multiple
classes of indebtedness and one class of shares senior to our
common stock if our asset coverage, calculated pursuant to the
Investment Company Act, is at least equal to 150% immediately after
each such issuance (if certain requirements are met), rather than
200%, as previously required.
In addition, while any indebtedness and senior securities remain
outstanding, we must make provisions to prohibit the distribution
to our stockholders or the repurchase of such indebtedness or
securities unless we meet the applicable asset coverage ratios at
the time of the distribution or repurchase. Specifically, we may be
precluded from declaring dividends or repurchasing shares of our
common stock unless our asset coverage is at least 150% (if certain
requirements are met). We may also borrow amounts up to 5% of the
value of our total assets for temporary or emergency purposes
without regard to asset coverage. For a discussion of the risks
associated with leverage, see “Risk Factors.”
General
The indenture provides that any debt securities proposed to be sold
under this prospectus and the accompanying prospectus supplement
(“offered debt securities”) and any debt securities issuable upon
the exercise of warrants or upon conversion or exchange of other
offered securities (“underlying debt securities”) may be issued
under the indenture in one or more series.
For purposes of this prospectus, any reference to the payment of
principal of or premium or interest, if any, on debt securities
will include additional amounts if required by the terms of the
debt securities.
71
The indenture does not limit the amount of debt securities that may
be issued thereunder from time to time. Debt securities issued
under the indenture, when a single trustee is acting for all debt
securities issued under the indenture, are called the “indenture
securities.” The indenture also provides that there may be more
than one trustee thereunder, each with respect to one or more
different series of indenture securities. See “—Resignation of
Trustee” below. At a time when two or more trustees are acting
under the indenture, each with respect to only certain series, the
term “indenture securities” means the one or more series of debt
securities with respect to which each respective trustee is acting.
In the event that there is more than one trustee under the
indenture, the powers and trust obligations of each trustee
described in this prospectus will extend only to the one or more
series of indenture securities for which it is trustee. If two or
more trustees are acting under the indenture, then the indenture
securities for which each trustee is acting would be treated as if
issued under separate indentures.
The indenture does not contain any provisions that give you
protection in the event we issue a large amount of debt or we are
acquired by another entity.
We refer you to the prospectus supplement for information with
respect to any deletions from, modifications of or additions to the
Events of Default or our covenants that are described below,
including any addition of a covenant or other provision providing
event risk or similar protection.
We have the ability to issue indenture securities with terms
different from those of indenture securities previously issued and,
without the consent of the holders thereof, to reopen a previous
issue of a series of indenture securities and issue additional
indenture securities of that series unless the reopening was
restricted when that series was created.
We expect that we will usually issue debt securities in book-entry
only form represented by global securities.
Conversion and Exchange
If any debt securities are convertible into or exchangeable for
other securities, the prospectus supplement will explain the terms
and conditions of the conversion or exchange, including the
conversion price or exchange ratio (or the calculation method), the
conversion or exchange period (or how the period will be
determined), if conversion or exchange will be mandatory or at the
option of the holder or us, provisions for adjusting the conversion
price or the exchange ratio and provisions affecting conversion or
exchange in the event of the redemption of the underlying debt
securities. These terms may also include provisions under which the
number or amount of other securities to be received by the holders
of the debt securities upon conversion or exchange would be
calculated according to the market price of the other securities as
of a time stated in the prospectus supplement.
Issuance of Securities in Registered Form
We may issue the debt securities in registered form, in which case
we may issue them either in book-entry form only or in
“certificated” form. Debt securities issued in book-entry form will
be represented by global securities. We expect that we will usually
issue debt securities in book-entry only form represented by global
securities.
Book-Entry Holders
We will issue registered debt securities in book-entry form only,
unless we specify otherwise in the applicable prospectus
supplement. This means debt securities will be represented by one
or more global securities registered in the name of a depositary
that will hold them on behalf of financial institutions that
participate in the depositary’s book-entry system. These
participating institutions, in turn, hold beneficial interests in
the debt securities held by the depositary or its nominee. These
institutions may hold these interests on behalf of themselves or
customers.
72
Under the indenture, only the person in whose name a debt security
is registered is recognized as the holder of that debt security.
Consequently, for debt securities issued in book-entry form, we
will recognize only the depositary as the holder of the debt
securities and we will make all payments on the debt securities to
the depositary. The depositary will then pass along the payments it
receives to its participants, which in turn will pass the payments
along to their customers who are the beneficial owners. The
depositary and its participants do so under agreements they have
made with one another or with their customers; they are not
obligated to do so under the terms of the debt securities.
As a result, investors will not own debt securities directly.
Instead, they will own beneficial interests in a global
security, through a bank, broker or other financial institution
that participates in the depositary’s book-entry system or holds an
interest through a participant. As long as the debt securities are
represented by one or more global securities, investors will be
indirect holders, and not holders, of the debt securities.
Street Name Holders
In the future, we may issue debt securities in certificated form or
terminate a global security. In these cases, investors may choose
to hold their debt securities in their own names or in “street
name.” Debt securities held in street name are registered in the
name of a bank, broker or other financial institution chosen by the
investor, and the investor would hold a beneficial interest in
those debt securities through the account he or she maintains at
that institution.
For debt securities held in street name, we will recognize only the
intermediary banks, brokers and other financial institutions in
whose names the debt securities are registered as the holders of
those debt securities and we will make all payments on those debt
securities to them. These institutions will pass along the payments
they receive to their customers who are the beneficial owners, but
only because they agree to do so in their customer agreements or
because they are legally required to do so. Investors who hold debt
securities in street name will be indirect holders, and not
holders, of the debt securities.
Legal Holders
Our obligations, as well as the obligations of the applicable
trustee and those of any third parties employed by us or the
applicable trustee, run only to the legal holders of the debt
securities. We do not have obligations to investors who hold
beneficial interests in global securities, in street name or by any
other indirect means. This will be the case whether an investor
chooses to be an indirect holder of a debt security or has no
choice because we are issuing the debt securities only in
book-entry form.
For example, once we make a payment or give a notice to the holder,
we have no further responsibility for the payment or notice even if
that holder is required, under agreements with depositary
participants or customers or by law, to pass it along to the
indirect holders but does not do so. Similarly, if we want to
obtain the approval of the holders for any purpose (for example, to
amend an indenture or to relieve us of the consequences of a
default or of our obligation to comply with a particular provision
of an indenture), we would seek the approval only from the holders,
and not the indirect holders, of the debt securities. Whether and
how the holders contact the indirect holders is up to the
holders.
When we refer to you, we mean those who invest in the debt
securities being offered by this prospectus, whether they are the
holders or only indirect holders of those debt securities. When we
refer to your debt securities, we mean the debt securities in which
you hold a direct or indirect interest.
Special Considerations for Indirect Holders
If you hold debt securities through a bank, broker or other
financial institution, either in book-entry form or in street name,
we urge you to check with that institution to find out:
|
• |
|
how it handles securities payments and notices;
|
73
|
• |
|
whether it imposes fees or charges;
|
|
• |
|
how it would handle a request for the holders’ consent, if ever
required;
|
|
• |
|
whether and how you can instruct it to send you debt securities
registered in your own name so you can be a holder, if that is
permitted in the future for a particular series of debt
securities;
|
|
• |
|
how it would exercise rights under the debt securities if there
were a default or other event triggering the need for holders to
act to protect their interests; and
|
|
• |
|
if the debt securities are in book-entry form, how the depositary’s
rules and procedures will affect these matters.
|
Global Securities
As noted above, we usually will issue debt securities as registered
securities in book-entry form only. A global security represents
one or any other number of individual debt securities. Generally,
all debt securities represented by the same global securities will
have the same terms.
Each debt security issued in book-entry form will be represented by
a global security that we deposit with and register in the name of
a financial institution or its nominee that we select. The
financial institution that we select for this purpose is called the
depositary. Unless we specify otherwise in the applicable
prospectus supplement, The Depository Trust Company, New York, New
York (“DTC”) will be the depositary for all debt securities issued
in book-entry form.
A global security may not be transferred to or registered in the
name of anyone other than the depositary or its nominee, unless
special termination situations arise. We describe those situations
below under “—Special Situations when a Global Security will be
Terminated.” As a result of these arrangements, the depositary, or
its nominee, will be the sole registered owner and holder of all
debt securities represented by a global security, and investors
will be permitted to own only beneficial interests in a global
security. Beneficial interests must be held by means of an account
with a broker, bank or other financial institution that in turn has
an account with the depositary or with another institution that has
an account with the depositary. Thus, an investor whose security is
represented by a global security will not be a holder of the debt
security, but only an indirect holder of a beneficial interest in
the global security.
Special Considerations for Global Securities
As an indirect holder, an investor’s rights relating to a global
security will be governed by the account rules of the investor’s
financial institution and of the depositary, as well as general
laws relating to securities transfers. The depositary that holds
the global security will be considered the holder of the debt
securities represented by the global security.
If debt securities are issued only in the form of a global
security, an investor should be aware of the following:
|
• |
|
An investor cannot cause the debt securities to be registered in
his or her name, and cannot obtain certificates for his or her
interest in the debt securities, except in the special situations
we describe below.
|
|
• |
|
An investor will be an indirect holder and must look to his or her
own bank or broker for payments on the debt securities and
protection of his or her legal rights relating to the debt
securities, as we describe under “—Issuance of Securities in
Registered Form” above.
|
74
|
• |
|
An investor may not be able to sell interests in the debt
securities to some insurance companies and other institutions that
are required by law to own their securities in non-book-entry
form.
|
|
• |
|
An investor may not be able to pledge his or her interest in a
global security in circumstances where certificates representing
the debt securities must be delivered to the lender or other
beneficiary of the pledge in order for the pledge to be
effective.
|
|
• |
|
The depositary’s policies, which may change from time to time, will
govern payments, transfers, exchanges and other matters relating to
an investor’s interest in a global security. We and the trustee
have no responsibility for any aspect of the depositary’s actions
or for its records of ownership interests in a global security. We
and the trustee also do not supervise the depositary in any
way.
|
|
• |
|
If we redeem less than all the debt securities of a particular
series being redeemed, DTC’s practice is to determine by lot the
amount to be redeemed from each of its participants holding that
series.
|
|
• |
|
An investor is required to give notice of exercise of any option to
elect repayment of its debt securities, through its participant, to
the applicable trustee and to deliver the related debt securities
by causing its participant to transfer its interest in those debt
securities, on DTC’s records, to the applicable trustee.
|
|
• |
|
DTC requires that those who purchase and sell interests in a global
security deposited in its book-entry system use immediately
available funds. Your broker or bank may also require you to use
immediately available funds when purchasing or selling interests in
a global security.
|
|
• |
|
Financial institutions that participate in the depositary’s
book-entry system, and through which an investor holds its interest
in a global security, may also have their own policies affecting
payments, notices and other matters relating to the debt
securities. There may be more than one financial intermediary in
the chain of ownership for an investor. We do not monitor and are
not responsible for the actions of any of those intermediaries.
|
Special Situations when a Global Security will be
Terminated
In a few special situations described below, a global security will
be terminated and interests in it will be exchanged for
certificates in non-book-entry form (certificated securities).
After that exchange, the choice of whether to hold the certificated
debt securities directly or in street name will be up to the
investor. Investors must consult their own banks or brokers to find
out how to have their interests in a global security transferred on
termination to their own names, so that they will be holders. We
have described the rights of legal holders and street name
investors under “—Issuance of Securities in Registered Form”
above.
The special situations for termination of a global security are as
follows:
|
• |
|
if the depositary notifies us that it is unwilling, unable or no
longer qualified to continue as depositary for that global
security, and we do not appoint another institution to act as
depositary within 60 days;
|
|
• |
|
if we notify the trustee that we wish to terminate that global
security; or
|
|
• |
|
if an event of default has occurred with regard to the debt
securities represented by that global security and has not been
cured or waived; we discuss defaults later under “—Events of
Default.”
|
The prospectus supplement may list situations for terminating a
global security that would apply only to the particular series of
debt securities covered by the prospectus supplement. If a global
security is terminated,
75
only the depositary, and not we or the applicable trustee, is
responsible for deciding the names of the institutions in whose
names the debt securities represented by the global security will
be registered and, therefore, who will be the holders of those debt
securities.
Payment and Paying Agents
We will pay interest to the person listed in the applicable
trustee’s records as the owner of the debt security at the close of
business on a particular day in advance of each due date for
interest, even if that person no longer owns the debt security on
the interest due date. That day, usually about two weeks in advance
of the interest due date, is called the “record date.” Because we
will pay all the interest for an interest period to the holders on
the record date, holders buying and selling debt securities must
work out between themselves the appropriate purchase price. The
most common manner is to adjust the sales price of the debt
securities to prorate interest fairly between buyer and seller
based on their respective ownership periods within the particular
interest period. This prorated interest amount is called “accrued
interest.”
The transferor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide
or cause to be provided to the trustee all information reasonably
requested by the trustee that is necessary to allow the trustee to
comply with any applicable tax reporting obligations, including
without limitation any cost basis reporting obligations under
Section 6045 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
(the “Code”). The trustee may rely on the information provided to
it and shall have no responsibility to verify or ensure the
accuracy of such information.
Payments on Global Securities
We will make payments on a global security in accordance with the
applicable policies of the depositary as in effect from time to
time. Under those policies, we will make payments directly to the
depositary, or its nominee, and not to any indirect holders who own
beneficial interests in the global security. An indirect holder’s
right to those payments will be governed by the rules and practices
of the depositary and its participants, as described under
“—Special Considerations for Global Securities.”
Payments on Certificated Securities
We will make payments on a certificated debt security as follows.
We will pay interest that is due on an interest payment date by
check mailed on the interest payment date to the holder at his or
her address shown on the trustee’s records as of the close of
business on the regular record date. We will make all payments of
principal and premium, if any, by check at the office of the
applicable trustee in New York, NY and/or at other offices that may
be specified in the prospectus supplement or in a notice to holders
against surrender of the debt security.
Alternatively, if the holder asks us to do so, we will pay any
amount that becomes due on the debt security by wire transfer of
immediately available funds to an account at a bank in New York
City, on the due date. To request payment by wire, the holder must
give the applicable trustee or other paying agent appropriate
transfer instructions at least 15 business days before the
requested wire payment is due. In the case of any interest payment
due on an interest payment date, the instructions must be given by
the person who is the holder on the relevant regular record date.
Any wire instructions, once properly given, will remain in effect
unless and until new instructions are given in the manner described
above.
Payment When Offices Are Closed
If any payment is due on a debt security on a day that is not a
business day, we will make the payment on the next day that is a
business day. Payments made on the next business day in this
situation will be treated under the indenture as if they were made
on the original due date, except as otherwise indicated in the
attached prospectus supplement. Such payment will not result in a
default under any debt security or the indenture, and no interest
will accrue on the payment amount from the original due date to the
next day that is a business day.
76
Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks
or brokers for information on how they will receive payments on
their debt securities.
Events of Default
You will have rights if an Event of Default occurs in respect of
the debt securities of your series and is not cured, as described
later in this subsection.
The term “Event of Default” in respect of the debt securities of
your series means any of the following (unless the prospectus
supplement relating to such debt securities states otherwise):
|
• |
|
We do not pay the principal of, or any premium on, a debt security
of the series on its due date, and do not cure this default within
five days.
|
|
• |
|
We do not pay interest on a debt security of the series when due,
and such default is not cured within 30 days.
|
|
• |
|
We do not deposit any sinking fund payment in respect of debt
securities of the series on its due date, and do not cure this
default within five days.
|
|
• |
|
We remain in breach of a covenant in respect of debt securities of
the series for 60 days after we receive a written notice of default
stating we are in breach. The notice must be sent by either the
trustee or holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of debt
securities of the series.
|
|
• |
|
We file for bankruptcy or certain other events of bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization occur and remain undischarged or
unstayed for a period of 90 days.
|
|
• |
|
Any other Event of Default in respect of debt securities of the
series described in the prospectus supplement occurs.
|
An Event of Default for a particular series of debt securities does
not necessarily constitute an Event of Default for any other series
of debt securities issued under the same or any other indenture.
The trustee may withhold notice to the holders of debt securities
of any default, except in the payment of principal, premium or
interest, if it considers the withholding of notice to be in the
interests of the holders.
Remedies if an Event of Default Occurs
If an Event of Default has occurred and has not been cured, the
trustee or the holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the
debt securities of the affected series may declare the entire
principal amount of all the debt securities of that series to be
due and immediately payable. This is called a declaration of
acceleration of maturity. A declaration of acceleration of maturity
may be canceled by the holders of a majority in principal amount of
the debt securities of the affected series.
Except in cases of default, where the trustee has some special
duties, the trustee is not required to take any action under the
indenture at the request of any holders unless the holders offer
the trustee reasonable protection from expenses and liability
(called an “indemnity”) (Section 315 of the Trust Indenture Act of
1939). If indemnity satisfactory to the trustee is provided, the
holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding debt
securities of the relevant series may direct the time, method and
place of conducting any lawsuit or other formal legal action
seeking any remedy available to the trustee. The trustee may refuse
to follow those directions in certain circumstances. No delay or
omission in exercising any right or remedy will be treated as a
waiver of that right, remedy or Event of Default.
77
Before you are allowed to bypass your trustee and bring your own
lawsuit or other formal legal action or take other steps to enforce
your rights or protect your interests relating to the debt
securities, the following must occur:
|
• |
|
You must give your trustee written notice that an Event of Default
has occurred and remains uncured.
|
|
• |
|
The holders of at least 25% in principal amount of all outstanding
debt securities of the relevant series must make a written request
that the trustee take action because of the default and must offer
indemnity satisfactory to the trustee against the cost and other
liabilities of taking that action.
|
|
• |
|
The trustee must not have taken action for 60 days after receipt of
the above notice and offer of indemnity.
|
|
• |
|
The holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt
securities must not have given the trustee a direction inconsistent
with the above notice during that 60-day period.
|
However, you are entitled at any time to bring a lawsuit for the
payment of money due on your debt securities on or after the due
date.
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the debt securities of
the affected series may waive any past defaults other than
|
• |
|
the payment of principal, any premium or interest; or
|
|
• |
|
in respect of a covenant that cannot be modified or amended without
the consent of each holder.
|
Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks
or brokers for information on how to give notice or direction to or
make a request of the trustee and how to declare or cancel an
acceleration of maturity.
Each year, we will furnish to each trustee a written statement of
certain of our officers certifying that to their knowledge we are
in compliance with the indenture and the debt securities or else
specifying any default.
Merger or Consolidation
Under the terms of the indenture, we are generally permitted to
consolidate or merge with another entity. We are also permitted to
sell all or substantially all of our assets to another entity.
However, we may not take any of these actions unless all the
following conditions are met:
|
• |
|
Where we merge out of existence or sell our assets, the resulting
entity or transferee must agree to be legally responsible for our
obligations under the debt securities.
|
|
• |
|
Immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no default or
Event of Default shall have happened and be continuing.
|
|
• |
|
We must deliver certain certificates and documents to the
trustee.
|
|
• |
|
We must satisfy any other requirements specified in the prospectus
supplement relating to a particular series of debt securities.
|
Modification or Waiver
There are three types of changes we can make to the indenture and
the debt securities issued thereunder.
78
Changes Requiring Your Approval
First, there are changes that we cannot make to your debt
securities without your specific approval. The following is a list
of those types of changes:
|
• |
|
change the stated maturity of the principal of, or interest on, a
debt security;
|
|
• |
|
reduce any amounts due on a debt security;
|
|
• |
|
reduce the amount of principal payable upon acceleration of the
maturity of a security following a default;
|
|
• |
|
adversely affect any right of repayment at the holder’s option;
|
|
• |
|
change the place (except as otherwise described in the prospectus
or prospectus supplement) or currency of payment on a debt
security;
|
|
• |
|
impair your right to sue for payment;
|
|
• |
|
materially adversely affect any right to convert or exchange a debt
security in accordance with its terms;
|
|
• |
|
modify the subordination provisions in the indenture in a manner
that is materially adverse to holders of the debt securities;
|
|
• |
|
reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent
is needed to modify or amend the indenture;
|
|
• |
|
reduce the percentage of holders of debt securities whose consent
is needed to waive compliance with certain provisions of the
indenture or to waive certain defaults;
|
|
• |
|
modify any other aspect of the provisions of the indenture dealing
with supplemental indentures, modification and waiver of past
defaults, changes to the quorum or voting requirements or the
waiver of certain covenants;
|
|
• |
|
change the terms of any sinking fund with respect to any security;
and
|
|
• |
|
change any obligation we have to pay additional amounts.
|
Changes Not Requiring Approval
The second type of change does not require any vote by the holders
of the debt securities. This type is limited to clarifications and
certain other changes that would not adversely affect holders of
the outstanding debt securities in any material respect. We also do
not need any approval to make any change that affects only debt
securities to be issued under the indenture after the change takes
effect.
Changes Requiring Majority Approval
Any other change to the indenture and the debt securities would
require the following approval:
|
• |
|
If the change affects only one series of debt securities, it must
be approved by the holders of a majority in principal amount of
that series.
|
79
|
• |
|
If the change affects more than one series of debt securities
issued under the same indenture, it must be approved by the holders
of a majority in principal amount of all of the series affected by
the change, with all affected series voting together as one class
for this purpose.
|
The holders of a majority in principal amount of all of the series
of debt securities issued under an indenture, voting together as
one class for this purpose, may waive our compliance with some of
our covenants in that indenture. However, we cannot obtain a waiver
of a payment default or of any of the matters covered by the bullet
points included above under “—Changes Requiring Your Approval.”
Further Details Concerning Voting
When taking a vote, we will use the following rules to decide how
much principal to attribute to a debt security:
|
• |
|
For original issue discount securities, we will use the principal
amount that would be due and payable on the voting date if the
maturity of these debt securities were accelerated to that date
because of a default.
|
|
• |
|
For debt securities whose principal amount is not known (for
example, because it is based on an index), we will use a special
rule for that debt security described in the prospectus
supplement.
|
|
• |
|
For debt securities denominated in one or more foreign currencies,
we will use the U.S. dollar equivalent.
|
Debt securities will not be considered outstanding, and therefore
not eligible to vote, if we have deposited or set aside in trust
money for their payment or redemption. Debt securities will also
not be eligible to vote if they have been fully defeased as
described later under “—Defeasance—Full Defeasance.”
We will generally be entitled to set any day as a record date for
the purpose of determining the holders of outstanding indenture
securities that are entitled to vote or take other action under the
indenture. If we set a record date for a vote or other action to be
taken by holders of one or more series, that vote or action may be
taken only by persons who are holders of outstanding indenture
securities of those series on the record date and must be taken
within eleven months following the record date.
Book-entry and other indirect holders should consult their banks
or brokers for information on how approval may be granted or denied
if we seek to change the indenture or the debt securities or
request a waiver.
Defeasance
The following provisions will be applicable to each series of debt
securities unless we state in the applicable prospectus supplement
that the provisions of covenant defeasance and full defeasance will
not be applicable to that series.
Covenant Defeasance
Under current United States federal tax law, we can make the
deposit described below and be released from some of the
restrictive covenants in the indenture under which the particular
series was issued. This is called “covenant defeasance.” In that
event, you would lose the protection of those restrictive covenants
but would gain the protection of having money and government
securities set aside in trust to repay your debt securities. If
applicable, you also would be released from the subordination
provisions described under “—
80
Indenture Provisions—Subordination” below. In order to achieve
covenant defeasance, we must do the following:
|
• |
|
If the debt securities of the particular series are denominated in
U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all
holders of such debt securities a combination of money and United
States government or United States government agency notes or bonds
that will generate enough cash, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent
public accountants, to make interest, principal and any other
payments on the debt securities on their various due dates.
|
|
• |
|
We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion of our counsel
confirming that, under current United States federal income tax
law, we may make the above deposit without causing you to be taxed
on the debt securities any differently than if we did not make the
deposit and just repaid the debt securities ourselves at
maturity.
|
|
• |
|
We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion and officers’
certificate stating that all conditions precedent to covenant
defeasance have been complied with.
|
|
• |
|
Defeasance must not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, the indenture or any of our other
material agreements or instruments.
|
|
• |
|
No default or Event of Default with respect to the applicable
series shall have occurred and be continuing and no defaults or
Events of Default related to bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization shall occur during the next 90 days.
|
If we accomplish covenant defeasance, you can still look to us for
repayment of the debt securities if there were a shortfall in the
trust deposit or the trustee is prevented from making payment. In
fact, if one of the remaining Events of Default occurred (such as
our bankruptcy) and the debt securities became immediately due and
payable, there might be a shortfall. Depending on the event causing
the default, you may not be able to obtain payment of the
shortfall.
Legal Defeasance
If there is a change in United States federal tax law, as described
below, we can legally release ourselves from all payment and other
obligations on the debt securities of a particular series (called
“full defeasance”) if we put in place the following other
arrangements for you to be repaid:
|
• |
|
If the debt securities of the particular series are denominated in
U.S. dollars, we must deposit in trust for the benefit of all
holders of such debt securities a combination of money and United
States government or United States government agency notes or bonds
that will generate enough cash, in the opinion of a nationally
recognized investment bank, appraisal firm or firm of independent
public accountants, to make interest, principal and any other
payments on the debt securities on their various due dates.
|
|
• |
|
We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion confirming that
there has been a change in current United States federal tax law or
an IRS ruling that allows us to make the above deposit without
causing you to be taxed on the debt securities any differently than
if we did not make the deposit and just repaid the debt securities
ourselves at maturity. Under current United States federal tax law,
the deposit and our legal release from the debt securities would be
treated as though we paid you your share of the cash and notes or
bonds at the time the cash and notes or bonds were deposited in
trust in exchange for your debt securities and you would recognize
gain or loss on the debt securities at the time of the deposit.
|
81
|
• |
|
We must deliver to the trustee a legal opinion and officers’
certificate stating that all conditions precedent to defeasance
have been complied with.
|
|
• |
|
Defeasance must not result in a breach or violation of, or
constitute a default under, the indenture or any of our other
material agreements or instruments.
|
|
• |
|
No default or Event of Default with respect to the applicable
series shall have occurred and be continuing and no defaults or
Events of Default related to bankruptcy, insolvency or
reorganization shall occur during the next 90 days.
|
If we ever did accomplish full defeasance, as described above, you
would have to rely solely on the trust deposit for repayment of the
debt securities. You could not look to us for repayment in the
unlikely event of any shortfall. Conversely, the trust deposit
would most likely be protected from claims of our lenders and other
creditors if we ever became bankrupt or insolvent. If applicable,
you would also be released from the subordination provisions
described later under “—Indenture Provisions—Subordination.”
Form, Exchange and Transfer of Certificated Registered
Securities
If registered debt securities cease to be issued in book-entry
form, they will be issued:
|
• |
|
only in fully registered certificated form;
|
|
• |
|
without interest coupons; and
|
|
• |
|
unless we indicate otherwise in the prospectus supplement, in
denominations of $1,000 and amounts that are multiples of
$1,000.
|
Holders may exchange their certificated securities for debt
securities of smaller denominations or combined into fewer debt
securities of larger denominations, as long as the total principal
amount is not changed.
Holders may exchange or transfer their certificated securities at
the office of their trustee. We have appointed the trustee to act
as our agent for registering debt securities in the names of
holders transferring debt securities. We may appoint another entity
to perform these functions or perform them ourselves.
Holders will not be required to pay a service charge to transfer or
exchange their certificated securities, but they may be required to
pay any tax or other governmental charge associated with the
transfer or exchange. The transfer or exchange will be made only if
our transfer agent is satisfied with the holder’s proof of legal
ownership.
If we have designated additional transfer agents for your debt
security, they will be named in your prospectus supplement. We may
appoint additional transfer agents or cancel the appointment of any
particular transfer agent. We may also approve a change in the
office through which any transfer agent acts.
If any certificated securities of a particular series are
redeemable and we redeem less than all the debt securities of that
series, we may block the transfer or exchange of those debt
securities during the period beginning 15 days before the day we
mail the notice of redemption and ending on the day of that
mailing, in order to freeze the list of holders to prepare the
mailing. We may also refuse to register transfers or exchanges of
any certificated securities selected for redemption, except that we
will continue to permit transfers and exchanges of the unredeemed
portion of any debt security that will be partially redeemed.
If a registered debt security is issued in book-entry form, only
the depositary will be entitled to transfer and exchange the debt
security as described in this subsection, since it will be the sole
holder of the debt security.
82
In connection with any proposed transfer outside the book entry
only system, there shall be provided to the trustee all information
reasonably requested by the trustee that is necessary to allow the
trustee to comply with any applicable tax reporting obligations,
including without limitation any cost basis reporting obligations
under Section 6045 of the Code. The trustee may rely on the
information provided to it and shall have no responsibility to
verify or ensure the accuracy of such information.
Resignation of Trustee
Each trustee may resign or be removed with respect to one or more
series of indenture securities provided that a successor trustee is
appointed to act with respect to these series. In the event that
two or more persons are acting as trustee with respect to different
series of indenture securities under the indenture, each of the
trustees will be a trustee of a trust separate and apart from the
trust administered by any other trustee.
Indenture Provisions—Subordination
Upon any distribution of our assets upon our dissolution, winding
up, liquidation or reorganization, the payment of the principal of
(and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on any indenture
securities denominated as subordinated debt securities is to be
subordinated to the extent provided in the indenture in right of
payment to the prior payment in full of all Senior Indebtedness (as
defined below), but our obligation to you to make payment of the
principal of (and premium, if any) and interest, if any, on such
subordinated debt securities will not otherwise be affected. In
addition, no payment on account of principal (or premium, if any),
sinking fund or interest, if any, may be made on such subordinated
debt securities at any time unless full payment of all amounts due
in respect of the principal (and premium, if any), sinking fund and
interest on Senior Indebtedness has been made or duly provided for
in money or money’s worth.
In the event that, notwithstanding the foregoing, any payment by us
is received by the trustee in respect of subordinated debt
securities or by the holders of any of such subordinated debt
securities before all Senior Indebtedness is paid in full, the
payment or distribution must be paid over to the holders of the
Senior Indebtedness or on their behalf for application to the
payment of all the Senior Indebtedness remaining unpaid until all
the Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full, after giving effect
to any concurrent payment or distribution to the holders of the
Senior Indebtedness. Subject to the payment in full of all Senior
Indebtedness upon this distribution by us, the holders of such
subordinated debt securities will be subrogated to the rights of
the holders of the Senior Indebtedness to the extent of payments
made to the holders of the Senior Indebtedness out of the
distributive share of such subordinated debt securities.
By reason of this subordination, in the event of a distribution of
our assets upon our insolvency, certain of our senior creditors may
recover more, ratably, than holders of any subordinated debt
securities. The indenture provides that these subordination
provisions will not apply to money and securities held in trust
under the defeasance provisions of the indenture.
Senior Indebtedness is defined in the indenture as the principal of
(and premium, if any) and unpaid interest on:
|
• |
|
our indebtedness (including indebtedness of others guaranteed by
us), whenever created, incurred, assumed or guaranteed, for money
borrowed (other than indenture securities issued under the
indenture and denominated as subordinated debt securities), unless
in the instrument creating or evidencing the same or under which
the same is outstanding it is provided that this indebtedness is
not senior or prior in right of payment to the subordinated debt
securities; and
|
|
• |
|
renewals, extensions, modifications and refinancings of any of this
indebtedness.
|
If this prospectus is being delivered in connection with the
offering of a series of indenture securities denominated as
subordinated debt securities, the accompanying prospectus
supplement will set forth the approximate amount of our Senior
Indebtedness outstanding as of a recent date.
83
The Trustee under the Indenture
Wells Fargo, National Association will act as the trustee under the
indenture.
Certain Considerations Relating to Foreign Currencies
Debt securities denominated or payable in foreign currencies may
entail significant risks. These risks include the possibility of
significant fluctuations in the foreign currency markets, the
imposition or modification of foreign exchange controls and
potential illiquidity in the secondary market. These risks will
vary depending upon the currency or currencies involved and will be
more fully described in the applicable prospectus supplement.
Book-Entry Debt Securities
DTC will act as securities depository for the debt securities. The
debt securities will be issued as fully-registered securities
registered in the name of Cede & Co. (DTC’s partnership
nominee) or such other name as may be requested by an
authorized representative of DTC. One fully registered certificate
will be issued for each issuance of the debt securities, in the
aggregate principal amount of such issue, and will be deposited
with DTC.
DTC, the world’s largest securities depository, is a
limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking
Law, a “banking organization” within the meaning of the New York
Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve System, a “clearing
corporation” within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial
Code, and a “clearing agency” registered pursuant to the provisions
of Section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC holds and provides
asset servicing for over 3.5 million issues of U.S. and
non-U.S. equity, corporate and municipal debt issues, and money
market instruments from over 100 countries that DTC’s participants
(“Direct Participants”) deposit with DTC. DTC also facilitates the
post-trade settlement among Direct Participants of sales and other
securities transactions in deposited securities through electronic
computerized book-entry transfers and pledges between Direct
Participants’ accounts. This eliminates the need for physical
movement of securities certificates. Direct Participants include
both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust
companies, clearing corporations, and certain other organizations.
DTC is a wholly owned subsidiary of The Depository Trust &
Clearing Corporation (“DTCC”).
DTCC is the holding company for DTC, National Securities Clearing
Corporation and Fixed Income Clearing Corporation, all of which are
registered clearing agencies. DTCC is owned by the users of its
regulated subsidiaries. Access to the DTC system is also available
to others such as both U.S. and non-U.S. securities brokers and
dealers, banks, trust companies and clearing corporations that
clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a Direct
Participant, either directly or indirectly, or Indirect
Participants. DTC has Standard & Poor’s rating of AA+. The
DTC Rules applicable to its Participants are on file with the SEC.
More information about DTC can be found at
www.dtcc.com.
Purchases of debt securities under the DTC system must be made by
or through Direct Participants, which will receive a credit for the
debt securities on DTC’s records. The ownership interest of each
actual purchaser of each security (“Beneficial Owner”) is in turn
to be recorded on the Direct and Indirect Participants’ records.
Beneficial Owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC of
their purchase. Beneficial Owners are, however, expected to receive
written confirmations providing details of the transaction, as well
as periodic statements of their holdings, from the Direct or
Indirect Participant through which the Beneficial Owner entered
into the transaction. Transfers of ownership interests in the debt
securities are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of
Direct and Indirect Participants acting on behalf of Beneficial
Owners. Beneficial Owners will not receive certificates
representing their ownership interests in debt securities, except
in the event that use of the book-entry system for the debt
securities is discontinued.
To facilitate subsequent transfers, all debt securities deposited
by Direct Participants with DTC are registered in the name of DTC’s
partnership nominee, Cede & Co. or such other name as may
be requested by an
84
authorized representative of DTC. The deposit of debt securities
with DTC and their registration in the name of Cede & Co.
or such other DTC nominee do not effect any change in beneficial
ownership. DTC has no knowledge of the actual Beneficial Owners of
the debt securities; DTC’s records reflect only the identity of the
Direct Participants to whose accounts such debt securities are
credited, which may or may not be the Beneficial Owners. The Direct
and Indirect Participants will remain responsible for keeping
account of their holdings on behalf of their customers.
Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to Direct
Participants, by Direct Participants to Indirect Participants, and
by Direct Participants and Indirect Participants to Beneficial
Owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any
statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time
to time.
Redemption notices shall be sent to DTC. If less than all of the
debt securities within an issue are being redeemed, DTC’s practice
is to determine by lot the amount of the interest of each Direct
Participant in such issue to be redeemed.
Neither DTC nor Cede & Co. (nor any other DTC nominee)
will consent or vote with respect to the debt securities unless
authorized by a Direct Participant in accordance with DTC’s
Procedures. Under its usual procedures, DTC mails an Omnibus Proxy
to us as soon as possible after the record date. The Omnibus Proxy
assigns Cede & Co.’s consenting or voting rights to those
Direct Participants to whose accounts the debt securities are
credited on the record date (identified in a listing attached to
the Omnibus Proxy).
Redemption proceeds, distributions, and dividend payments on the
debt securities will be made to Cede & Co., or such other
nominee as may be requested by an authorized representative of DTC.
DTC’s practice is to credit Direct Participants’ accounts upon
DTC’s receipt of funds and corresponding detail information from us
or the trustee on the payment date in accordance with their
respective holdings shown on DTC’s records. Payments by
Participants to Beneficial Owners will be governed by standing
instructions and customary practices, as is the case with
securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or
registered in “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such
Participant and not of DTC or its nominee, the trustee, or us,
subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in
effect from time to time. Payment of redemption proceeds,
distributions, and dividend payments to Cede & Co. (or
such other nominee as may be requested by an authorized
representative of DTC) is the responsibility of us or the trustee,
but disbursement of such payments to Direct Participants will be
the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of such payments to the
Beneficial Owners will be the responsibility of Direct and Indirect
Participants.
DTC may discontinue providing its services as depository with
respect to the debt securities at any time by giving reasonable
notice to us or to the trustee. Under such circumstances, in the
event that a successor depository is not obtained, certificates are
required to be printed and delivered. We may decide to discontinue
use of the system of book-entry-only transfers through DTC (or a
successor securities depository). In that event, certificates will
be printed and delivered to DTC.
The information in this section concerning DTC and DTC’s book-entry
system has been obtained from sources that we believe to be
reliable, but we take no responsibility for the accuracy
thereof.
85
DESCRIPTION OF OUR
SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS
We may issue subscription rights to our stockholders to purchase
common stock or other securities. Subscription rights may or may
not be transferable by the person purchasing or receiving the
subscription rights. In connection with a subscription rights
offering to our stockholders, we would distribute certificates
evidencing the subscription rights and a prospectus supplement to
our stockholders on the record date that we set for receiving
subscription rights in such subscription rights offering.
We will not offer transferable subscription rights to our
stockholders at a price equivalent to less than the then current
NAV per share of common stock, taking into account underwriting
commissions, unless we first file a post-effective amendment that
is declared effective by the SEC with respect to such issuance and
the common stock to be purchased in connection with the rights
represents no more than one-third of our outstanding common stock
at the time such rights are issued.
The applicable prospectus supplement would describe the following
terms of subscription rights in respect of which this prospectus is
being delivered:
|
• |
|
the title and aggregate number of such subscription rights;
|
|
• |
|
the exercise price for such subscription rights (or method of
calculation thereof if the price is not a specific dollar
amount);
|
|
• |
|
the currency or currencies, including composite currencies, in
which the price of such subscription rights may be payable;
|
|
• |
|
the ratio of the offering (which, in the case of transferable
rights for common stock, will require a minimum of three shares to
be held of record before a person is entitled to purchase an
additional share);
|
|
• |
|
the number of such subscription rights issued to each
stockholder;
|
|
• |
|
the period of time the offering would remain open (which shall be
open a minimum number of days such that all record holders would be
eligible to participate in the offering and shall not be open
longer than 120 days);
|
|
• |
|
the extent to which such subscription rights are transferable and
the market on which they may be traded if they are
transferable;
|
|
• |
|
if applicable, a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax
considerations applicable to the issuance or exercise of such
subscription rights;
|
|
• |
|
the date on which the right to exercise such subscription rights
shall commence, and the date on which such right shall expire
(subject to any extension);
|
|
• |
|
the extent to which such subscription rights include an
over-subscription privilege with respect to unsubscribed securities
and the terms of such over-subscription privilege;
|
|
• |
|
any termination right we may have in connection with such
subscription rights offering; and
|
|
• |
|
any other terms of such subscription rights, including exercise,
settlement and other procedures and limitations relating to the
transfer and exercise of such subscription rights.
|
86
Exercise of Subscription Rights
Each subscription right would entitle the holder of the
subscription right to purchase for cash such amount of shares of
the security being offered at such exercise price as shall in each
case be set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the
prospectus supplement relating to the subscription rights offered
thereby. Subscription rights may be exercised at any time up to the
close of business on the expiration date for such subscription
rights set forth in the prospectus supplement. After the close of
business on the expiration date, all unexercised subscription
rights would become void.
Subscription rights may be exercised as set forth in the prospectus
supplement relating to the subscription rights offered thereby.
Upon receipt of payment and the subscription rights certificate
properly completed and duly executed at the corporate trust office
of the subscription rights agent or any other office indicated in
the prospectus supplement we will forward, as soon as practicable,
the shares of common stock purchasable upon such exercise. To the
extent permissible under applicable law, we may determine to offer
any unsubscribed offered securities directly to persons other than
stockholders, to or through agents, underwriters or dealers or
through a combination of such methods, as set forth in the
applicable prospectus supplement.
87
REGULATION
We are subject to regulation as described in “Regulation” of our
Form N-14 and in “Item 1–Business–Regulation “ of our most recent
annual report on Form 10-K, which are incorporated by reference
herein.
CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AND
DIVIDEND DISBURSING AGENT AND REGISTRAR
Our assets are held by State Street Bank and Trust Company pursuant
to a custody agreement. State Street Bank and Trust Company also
acts as our administrator. See “Management—Our Administrator” in
our most recent annual report on Form 10-K. The principal business
address of State Street Bank and Trust Company is One Lincoln
Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111. Computershare Trust
Company, N.A. serves as the Company’s transfer agent and dividend
disbursing agent and registrar. The principal business address of
Computershare Trust Company, N.A. is 250 Royall Street,
Canton, Massachusetts 02021.
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND
BROKERAGE
Since we generally acquire and dispose of investments in privately
negotiated transactions, we infrequently use brokers in the normal
course of our business. Subject to policies established by our
Board of Directors, our Investment Adviser is primarily responsible
for the execution of the publicly traded securities portion of our
portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage commissions.
Our Investment Adviser does not execute transactions through any
particular broker or dealer, but seeks to obtain the best net
results for us, taking into account such factors as price
(including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread),
size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities
of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of
securities. While our Investment Adviser generally seeks reasonably
competitive trade execution costs, we do not necessarily pay the
lowest spread or commission available. Subject to applicable legal
requirements, our Investment Adviser may select a broker based
partly upon brokerage or research services provided to us, our
Investment Adviser and any other Accounts. Such brokerage or
research services may include research reports on companies,
industries and securities; economic and financial data; financial
publications; computer data bases; quotation equipment and
services; and research-oriented computer hardware, software and
other services. In return for such services, we may pay a higher
commission than other brokers would charge if our Investment
Adviser determines in good faith that such commission is reasonable
in relation to the services provided.
The Investment Management Agreement permits our Investment Adviser,
subject to review by the Board of Directors from time to time, to
purchase and sell portfolio securities to and from brokers who
provide our Investment Adviser with access to supplemental
investment and market research and security and economic analyses.
Such brokers may execute brokerage transactions at a higher cost to
us than may result when allocating brokerage to other brokers on
the basis of seeking the most favorable price and efficient
execution. Brokerage and research services furnished by firms
through which we effect our securities transactions may be used by
our Investment Adviser in servicing other clients and not all of
these services may be used by our Investment Adviser in connection
with the client generating the brokerage credits. The fees received
under the Investment Management Agreement are not reduced by reason
of an investment adviser receiving such brokerage and research
services.
Our portfolio transactions are generally effected at a net price
without a broker’s commission (i.e., a dealer is dealing
with us as principal and receives compensation equal to the spread
between the dealer’s cost for a given security and the resale price
of such security). In certain foreign countries, debt securities
are traded on exchanges at fixed commission rates. The Investment
Management Agreement provides that our Investment Adviser, on
occasions when it deems the purchase or sale of a security to be in
the best interests of us as well as other customers, to aggregate,
to the extent permitted by applicable laws and regulations, the
securities to be sold or purchased for us with those to be sold or
purchased for other customers in order to obtain the best net
price
88
and the most favorable execution. In such event, allocation of the
securities so purchased or sold, is made by our Investment Adviser
in the manner it considers to be equitable. In some instances, this
procedure may adversely affect the size and price of the position
obtainable for us.
Subject to the above considerations, our Investment Adviser may use
Group Inc. or another affiliate as our broker. In order for Group
Inc. or another affiliate, acting as agent, to effect securities or
futures transactions for us, the commissions, fees or other
remuneration received by Group Inc. or another affiliate must be
reasonable and fair compared to the commissions, fees or other
remuneration received by other brokers in connection with
comparable transactions involving similar services, securities or
futures contracts. Furthermore, our Board of Directors, including a
majority of our Independent Directors, has adopted procedures which
are reasonably designed to provide that any commissions, fees or
other remuneration paid to Goldman Sachs are consistent with the
foregoing standard. Brokerage transactions with Goldman Sachs are
also subject to such fiduciary standards as may be imposed upon
Goldman Sachs by applicable law. The amount of brokerage
commissions paid by us may vary substantially from year to year
because of differences in portfolio turnover rates and other
factors.
89
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings or
series, our common stock, preferred stock, warrants, debt
securities or subscription rights or representing rights to
purchase shares of our common stock, preferred stock or debt
securities, in one or more underwritten public offerings,
at-the-market offerings, negotiated transactions, block trades,
best efforts or a combination of these methods.
We may sell the securities through underwriters or dealers,
directly to one or more purchasers, including existing stockholders
in a rights offering, through agents designated from time to time
by us or through a combination of any such methods of sale. Any
underwriter or agent involved in the offer and sale of the
securities will be named in the applicable prospectus supplement. A
prospectus supplement or supplements will also describe the terms
of the offering of the securities, including: the purchase price of
the securities and the proceeds we will receive from the sale; any
options under which underwriters may purchase additional securities
from us; any agency fees or underwriting discounts and other items
constituting agents’ or underwriters’ compensation; the public
offering price; any discounts or concessions allowed or re-allowed
or paid to dealers; any securities exchange or market on which the
securities may be listed; and, in the case of a rights offering,
the number of shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise
of each right. Only underwriters named in the prospectus supplement
will be underwriters of the securities offered by the prospectus
supplement.
The distribution of the securities may be effected from time to
time in one or more transactions at a fixed price or prices, which
may be changed, at prevailing market prices at the time of sale, at
prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated
prices, provided, however, that the offering price per share of any
common stock offered by us, less any underwriting commissions or
discounts, must equal or exceed the NAV per share of our common
stock at the time of the offering except (a) in connection
with a rights offering to our existing stockholders, (b) with
the consent of the majority of our outstanding voting securities
and certain members of our Board of Directors who are not
interested persons or (c) under such circumstances as the SEC
may permit. The price at which securities may be distributed may
represent a discount from prevailing market prices.
In connection with the sale of the securities, underwriters or
agents may receive compensation from us or from purchasers of the
securities, for whom they may act as agents, in the form of
discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters may sell the
securities to or through dealers and such dealers may receive
compensation in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions
from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for
whom they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that
participate in the distribution of the securities may be deemed to
be underwriters under the Securities Act, and any discounts and
commissions they receive from us and any profit realized by them on
the resale of the securities may be deemed to be underwriting
discounts and commissions under the Securities Act. Any such
underwriter or agent will be identified and any such compensation
received from us will be described in the applicable prospectus
supplement. The maximum aggregate commission or discount to be
received by any member of the Financial Industry Regulatory
Authority, or FINRA, or independent broker-dealer will not be
greater than 10% of the gross proceeds of the sale of securities
offered pursuant to this prospectus and any applicable prospectus
supplement. We may also reimburse the underwriter or agent for
certain fees and legal expenses incurred by it.
Any underwriter may engage in over-allotment, stabilizing
transactions, short-covering transactions and penalty bids in
accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act. Over-allotment
involves sales in excess of the offering size, which create a short
position. Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the
underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a
specified maximum price. Syndicate-covering or other short-covering
transactions involve purchases of the securities, either through
exercise of the option to purchase additional shares from us or in
the open market after the distribution is completed, to cover short
positions. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a
selling concession from a dealer when the securities originally
sold by the dealer are purchased in a stabilizing or covering
transaction to cover short positions. Those activities may cause
the price of the securities to be higher than it would otherwise
be. If commenced, the underwriters may discontinue any of the
activities at any time.
90
We may sell securities directly or through agents we designate from
time to time. We will name any agent involved in the offering and
sale of securities and we will describe any commissions we will pay
the agent in the prospectus supplement. Unless the prospectus
supplement states otherwise, the agent will act on a best-efforts
basis for the period of its appointment.
Unless otherwise specified in the applicable prospectus supplement,
each class or series of securities will be a new issue with no
trading market, other than our common stock, which is traded on the
NYSE. We may elect to list any other class or series of securities
on any exchanges, but we are not obligated to do so. We cannot
guarantee the liquidity of the trading markets for any
securities.
Under agreements that we may enter, underwriters, dealers and
agents who participate in the distribution of the securities may be
entitled to indemnification by us against certain liabilities,
including liabilities under the Securities Act, or contribution
with respect to payments that the agents or underwriters may make
with respect to these liabilities. Underwriters, dealers and agents
may engage in transactions with, or perform services for, us in the
ordinary course of business.
If so indicated in the applicable prospectus supplement, we will
authorize underwriters or other persons acting as agents to solicit
offers by certain institutions to purchase securities from us
pursuant to contracts providing for payment and delivery on a
future date. Institutions with which such contracts may be made
include commercial and savings banks, insurance companies, pension
funds, investment companies, educational and charitable
institutions and others, but in all cases such institutions must be
approved by us. The obligations of any purchaser under any such
contract will be subject to the condition that the purchase of the
securities shall not at the time of delivery be prohibited under
the laws of the jurisdiction to which such purchaser is subject.
The underwriters and such other agents will not have any
responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of such
contracts. Such contracts will be subject only to those conditions
set forth in the prospectus supplement, and the prospectus
supplement will set forth the commission payable for solicitation
of such contracts.
We may enter into derivative transactions with third parties, or
sell securities not covered by this prospectus to third parties in
privately negotiated transactions. If the applicable prospectus
supplement indicates, in connection with those derivatives, the
third parties may sell securities covered by this prospectus and
the applicable prospectus supplement, including in short sale
transactions. If so, the third party may use securities pledged by
us or borrowed from us or others to settle those sales or to close
out any related open borrowings of stock, and may use securities
received from us in settlement of those derivatives to close out
any related open borrowings of stock. The third parties in such
sale transactions will be underwriters and, if not identified in
this prospectus, will be identified in the applicable prospectus
supplement.
In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if
applicable, the securities offered hereby will be sold in such
jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or
dealers.
We may not sell securities pursuant to this prospectus without
delivering a prospectus supplement describing the method and terms
of the offering of such securities.
91
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters regarding the securities offered by this
prospectus will be passed upon for Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. by
Fried, Frank, Harris, Shriver & Jacobson LLP. In addition,
Dechert LLP serves as counsel to the Company and to the Independent
Directors. Certain legal matters in connection with the offering
will be passed upon for the underwriters, if any, by the counsel
named in the applicable prospectus supplement.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. and
management’s assessment of the effectiveness of internal control
over financial reporting (which is included in Management’s Report
on Internal Control over Financial Reporting) incorporated in this
prospectus by reference to the annual report on Form 10-K of
Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2019
and amendment no. 1 to the registration statement on Form N-14 (No.
333-235856) of Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. have been so incorporated in
reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 101 Seaport
Boulevard, Suite 500, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, an independent
registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said
firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
The financial statements of Goldman Sachs Middle Market Lending
Corp. incorporated in this prospectus by reference to amendment no.
1 to the registration statement on Form N-14 (No. 333-235856) of
Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc. have been so incorporated in reliance on
the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 101 Seaport Boulevard,
Suite 500, Boston, Massachusetts 02210, an independent registered
public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as
experts in auditing and accounting.
AVAILABLE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form N-2,
together with all amendments and related exhibits, under the
Securities Act, with respect to our securities offered by this
prospectus. The registration statement contains additional
information about us and our securities.
We file with or submit to the SEC periodic and current reports,
proxy statements and other information meeting the informational
requirements of the Exchange Act. We maintain a website at
http://www.GoldmanSachsBDC.com and make all of our annual,
quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other publicly
filed information available, free of charge, on or through our
website. You may also obtain such information by contacting us, in
writing at: 200 West Street New York, New York 10282, or by
telephone (collect) at (212) 902-0300. The SEC maintains an
Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information
statements and other information filed electronically by us with
the SEC which are available on the SEC’s Internet site at
http://www.sec.gov. Copies of these reports, proxy and information
statements and other information may be obtained, after paying a
duplicating fee, by electronic request at the following e-mail
address: publicinfo@sec.gov. Information contained on our website
or on the SEC’s website about us is not incorporated into this
prospectus and you should not consider information contained on our
website or on the SEC’s website to be part of this prospectus, or
the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
92
INCORPORATION BY
REFERENCE
This prospectus is part of a registration statement that we have
filed with the SEC. We are allowed to “incorporate by reference”
the information that we file with the SEC, which means that we can
disclose important information to you by referring you to those
documents. The information incorporated by reference is considered
to comprise a part of this prospectus from the date we file that
document. Any reports filed by us with the SEC before the date that
any offering of any Securities by means of this prospectus and any
applicable prospectus supplement is terminated will automatically
update and, where applicable, supersede any information contained
in this prospectus or incorporated by reference in this
prospectus.
We incorporate by reference into this prospectus our filings listed
below and any future filings that we may file with the SEC under
Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act,
subsequent to the date of this prospectus, until all of the
securities offered by this prospectus and any applicable prospectus
supplement have been sold or we otherwise terminate the offering of
these securities; provided, however, that information “furnished”
under Item 2.02 or Item 7.01 of Form 8-K or other
information “furnished” to the SEC which is not deemed filed is not
incorporated by reference in this prospectus and any applicable
prospectus supplement. Information that we file with the SEC will
automatically update and may supersede information in this
prospectus, any applicable prospectus supplement and information
previously filed with the SEC.
This prospectus and any applicable prospectus supplement
incorporate by reference the documents set forth below that have
previously been filed with the SEC:
|
• |
|
our current reports on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on
February 11, 2020,
February 28, 2020,
March 17, 2020,
March 19, 2020,
June 11, 2020 (but excluding Item 7.01 and Exhibits
99.1 and 99.2)
June 19, 2020,
September 10, 2020, September 17,
2020,
September 22, 2020, October 2,
2020 (excluding Item 7.01 and Exhibit 99.1),
October 13, 2020 (excluding Item 7.01 and
Exhibit 99.1) and
November 19, 2020; and
|
To obtain a copy of these filings, see “Available Information,” or
you may request a copy of these filings (other than exhibits,
unless the exhibits are specifically incorporated by reference into
these documents) at no cost by writing or calling the following
address and telephone number:
Goldman Sachs BDC, Inc.
200 West Street
New York, New York 12082
(212) 902-0300
93
You should rely only on the information incorporated by reference
or provided in this prospectus or any prospectus supplement. We
have not authorized anyone to provide you with different or
additional information, and you should not rely on such information
if you receive it. We are not making an offer of or soliciting an
offer to buy, any securities in any state or other jurisdiction
where such offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume
that the information in this prospectus or in the documents
incorporated by reference is accurate as of any date other than the
date on the front of this prospectus or those documents.
94
ANNEX A
Effective: March 2020
GSAM Proxy Voting Guidelines
Summary
The following is a summary of the material GSAM Proxy Voting
Guidelines (the “Guidelines”), which form the substantive basis of
GSAM’s Policy and Procedures on Proxy Voting for Investment
Advisory Clients (the “Policy”). As described in the main body of
the Policy, one or more GSAM Portfolio Management Teams may diverge
from the Guidelines and a related Recommendation on any particular
proxy vote or in connection with any individual investment decision
in accordance with the Policy.
A-1
A. U.S. Proxy
Items
The following section is a summary of the Guidelines, which form
the substantive basis of the Policy with respect to U.S. public
equity investments.
1. Operational Items
Auditor Ratification
Vote FOR proposals to ratify auditors, unless any of the following
apply within the last year:
|
• |
|
An auditor has a financial interest in or association with the
company, and is therefore not independent;
|
|
• |
|
There is reason to believe that the independent auditor has
rendered an opinion that is neither accurate nor indicative of the
company’s financial position;
|
|
• |
|
Poor accounting practices are identified that rise to a serious
level of concern, such as: fraud; misapplication of GAAP; or
material weaknesses identified in Section 404 disclosures;
or
|
|
• |
|
Fees for non-audit services are excessive (generally over 50% or
more of the audit fees).
|
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder proposals asking companies to
prohibit or limit their auditors from engaging in non-audit
services or asking for audit firm rotation.
2. Board of
Directors
The board of directors should promote the interests of shareholders
by acting in an oversight and/or advisory role; the board should
consist of a majority of independent directors and should be held
accountable for actions and results related to their
responsibilities.
When evaluating board composition, GSAM believes a diversity of
ethnicity, gender and experience is an important consideration.
Classification of Directors
Where applicable, the New York Stock Exchange or NASDAQ Listing
Standards definition is to be used to classify directors as inside
directors, affiliated outside directors, or independent outside
directors.
Additionally, GSAM will consider compensation committee
interlocking directors to be affiliated (defined as CEOs who sit on
each other’s compensation committees).
Voting on Director Nominees in Uncontested Elections
Vote on director nominees should be determined on a CASE-BY-CASE
basis.
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from individual directors who:
|
• |
|
Attend less than 75% of the board and committee meetings without a
disclosed valid excuse;
|
|
• |
|
Sit on more than five public operating and/or holding company
boards;
|
|
• |
|
Are CEOs of public companies who sit on the boards of more than two
public companies besides their own—withhold only at their outside
boards.
|
A-2
Other items considered for an AGAINST vote include specific
concerns about the individual or the company, such as criminal
wrongdoing or breach of fiduciary responsibilities, sanctions from
government or authority, violations of laws and regulations, the
presence of inappropriate related party transactions, or other
issues related to improper business practices.
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the Nominating Committee if:
|
• |
|
The board does not have at least one woman director
|
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from inside directors and affiliated
outside directors (per the Classification of Directors above) in
the case of operating and/or holding companies when:
|
• |
|
The inside director or affiliated outside director serves on the
Audit, Compensation or Nominating Committees; and
|
|
• |
|
The company lacks an Audit, Compensation or Nominating Committee so
that the full board functions as such committees and inside
directors or affiliated outside directors are participating in
voting on matters that independent committees should be voting
on.
|
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from members of the appropriate committee
(or only the independent chairman or lead director as may be
appropriate in situations such as where there is a classified board
and members of the appropriate committee are not up for re-election
or the appropriate committee is comprised of the entire board) for
the below reasons. Extreme cases may warrant a vote against the
entire board.
|
• |
|
Material failures of governance, stewardship, or fiduciary
responsibilities at the company;
|
|
• |
|
Egregious actions related to the director(s)’ service on other
boards that raise substantial doubt about his or her ability to
effectively oversee management and serve the best interests of
shareholders at any company;
|
|
• |
|
At the previous board election, any director received more than 50%
withhold/against votes of the shares cast and the company has
failed to address the underlying issue(s) that caused the high
withhold/against vote (members of the Nominating or Governance
Committees);
|
|
• |
|
The board failed to act on a shareholder proposal that received
approval of the majority of shares cast for the previous two
consecutive years (a management proposal with other than a FOR
recommendation by management will not be considered as sufficient
action taken); an adopted proposal that is substantially similar to
the original shareholder proposal will be deemed sufficient; (vote
against members of the committee of the board that is responsible
for the issue under consideration). If GSAM did not support the
shareholder proposal in both years, GSAM will still vote against
the committee member(s).
|
|
• |
|
The average board tenure exceeds 15 years, and there has not been a
new nominee in the past 5 years.
|
Vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from the members of the Audit Committee
if:
|
• |
|
The non-audit fees paid to the auditor are excessive (generally
over 50% or more of the audit fees);
|
|
• |
|
The company receives an adverse opinion on the company’s financial
statements from its auditor and there is not clear evidence that
the situation has been remedied;
|
A-3
|
• |
|
There is persuasive evidence that the Audit Committee entered into
an inappropriate indemnification agreement with its auditor that
limits the ability of the company, or its shareholders, to pursue
legitimate legal recourse against the audit firm; or
|
|
• |
|
No members of the Audit Committee hold sufficient financial
expertise.
|
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on members of the Audit Committee and/or the full
board if poor accounting practices, which rise to a level of
serious concern are identified, such as fraud, misapplication of
GAAP and material weaknesses identified in Section 404
disclosures.
Examine the severity, breadth, chronological sequence and duration,
as well as the company’s efforts at remediation or corrective
actions, in determining whether negative vote recommendations are
warranted against the members of the Audit Committee who are
responsible for the poor accounting practices, or the entire
board.
See section 3 on executive and director compensation for reasons to
withhold from members of the Compensation Committee.
In limited circumstances, GSAM may vote AGAINST or WITHHOLD from
all nominees of the board of directors (except from new nominees
who should be considered on a CASE-BY-CASE basis and except as
discussed below) if:
|
• |
|
The company’s poison pill has a dead-hand or modified dead-hand
feature for two or more years. Vote against/withhold every year
until this feature is removed; however, vote against the poison
pill if there is one on the ballot with this feature rather than
the director;
|
|
• |
|
The board adopts or renews a poison pill without shareholder
approval, does not commit to putting it to shareholder vote within
12 months of adoption (or in the case of an newly public company,
does not commit to put the pill to a shareholder vote within 12
months following the IPO), or reneges on a commitment to put the
pill to a vote, and has not yet received a withhold/against
recommendation for this issue;
|
|
• |
|
The board failed to act on takeover offers where the majority of
the shareholders tendered their shares;
|
|
• |
|
If in an extreme situation the board lacks accountability and
oversight, coupled with sustained poor performance relative to
peers.
|
Shareholder proposal regarding Independent Chair (Separate
Chair/CEO)
Vote on a CASE-BY-CASE basis.
GSAM will generally recommend a vote AGAINST shareholder proposals
requiring that the chairman’s position be filled by an independent
director, if the company satisfies 3 of the 4 following
criteria:
|
• |
|
Designated lead director, elected by and from the independent board
members with clearly delineated and comprehensive duties;
|
|
• |
|
Two-thirds independent board;
|
|
• |
|
All independent “key” committees (audit, compensation and
nominating committees); or
|
|
• |
|
Established, disclosed governance guidelines.
|
A-4
Shareholder proposal regarding board declassification
GSAM will generally vote FOR proposals requesting that the board
adopt a declassified structure in the case of operating and holding
companies.
Majority Vote Shareholder Proposals
GSAM will vote FOR proposals requesting that the board adopt
majority voting in the election of directors provided it does not
conflict with the state law where the company is incorporated. GSAM
also looks for companies to adopt a post-election policy outlining
how the company will address the situation of a holdover
director.
Cumulative Vote Shareholder Proposals
GSAM will generally support shareholder proposals to restore or
provide cumulative voting in the case of operating and holding
companies unless:
|
• |
|
The company has adopted (i) majority vote standard with a
carve-out for plurality voting in situations where there are more
nominees than seats and (ii) a director resignation policy to
address failed elections.
|
3. Executive
Compensation
Pay Practices
Good pay practices should align management’s interests with
long-term shareholder value creation. Detailed disclosure of
compensation criteria is preferred; proof that companies follow the
criteria should be evident and retroactive performance target
changes without proper disclosure is not viewed favorably.
Compensation practices should allow a company to attract and retain
proven talent. Some examples of poor pay practices include:
abnormally large bonus payouts without justifiable performance
linkage or proper disclosure, egregious employment contracts,
excessive severance and/or change in control provisions, repricing
or replacing of underwater stock options/stock appreciation rights
without prior shareholder approval, and excessive perquisites. A
company should also have an appropriate balance of short-term vs.
long-term metrics and the metrics should be aligned with business
goals and objectives.
If the company maintains problematic or poor pay practices,
generally vote:
|
• |
|
AGAINST Management Say on Pay (MSOP) Proposals; or
|
|
• |
|
AGAINST an equity-based incentive plan proposal if excessive
non-performance-based equity awards are the major contributor to a
pay-for-performance misalignment.
|
|
• |
|
If no MSOP or equity-based incentive plan proposal item is on the
ballot, vote AGAINST/WITHHOLD from compensation committee
members.
|
Equity Compensation Plans
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on equity-based compensation plans. Evaluation
takes into account potential plan cost, plan features and grant
practices. While a negative combination of these factors could
cause a vote AGAINST, other reasons to vote AGAINST the equity plan
could include the following factors:
|
• |
|
The plan permits the repricing of stock options/stock appreciation
rights (SARs) without prior shareholder approval; or
|
A-5
|
• |
|
There is more than one problematic material feature of the plan,
which could include one of the following: unfavorable
change-in-control features, presence of gross ups and options
reload.
|
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Say-on-Pay, MSOP)
Management Proposals
Vote FOR annual frequency and AGAINST all proposals asking for any
frequency less than annual.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals for an advisory vote on
executive compensation. For U.S. companies, consider the following
factors in the context of each company’s specific circumstances and
the board’s disclosed rationale for its practices.
Factors Considered Include:
|
• |
|
Pay for Performance Disconnect;
|
|
- |
GSAM will consider there to be a disconnect based on a
quantitative assessment of the following: CEO pay vs. TSR (“Total
Shareholder Return”) and peers, CEO pay as a percentage of the
median peer group or CEO pay vs. shareholder return over time.
|
|
• |
|
Long-term equity-based compensation is 100% time-based;
|
|
• |
|
Board’s responsiveness if company received 70% or less shareholder
support in the previous year’s MSOP vote;
|
|
• |
|
Abnormally large bonus payouts without justifiable performance
linkage or proper disclosure;
|
|
• |
|
Egregious employment contracts;
|
|
• |
|
Excessive perquisites or excessive severance and/or change in
control provisions;
|
|
• |
|
Repricing or replacing of underwater stock options without prior
shareholder approval;
|
|
• |
|
Excessive pledging or hedging of stock by executives;
|
|
• |
|
Egregious pension/SERP (supplemental executive retirement plan)
payouts;
|
|
• |
|
Extraordinary relocation benefits;
|
|
• |
|
Internal pay disparity; and
|
|
• |
|
Lack of transparent disclosure of compensation philosophy and goals
and targets, including details on short-term and long-term
performance incentives.
|
Other Compensation Proposals and Policies
Employee Stock Purchase Plans—Non-Qualified Plans
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on nonqualified employee stock purchase plans
taking into account the following factors:
|
• |
|
Broad-based participation;
|
|
• |
|
Limits on employee contributions;
|
A-6
|
• |
|
Company matching contributions; and
|
|
• |
|
Presence of a discount on the stock price on the date of
purchase.
|
Option Exchange Programs/Repricing Options
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals seeking approval to
exchange/reprice options, taking into consideration:
|
• |
|
Historic trading patterns—the stock price should not be so volatile
that the options are likely to be back “in-the-money” over the near
term;
|
|
• |
|
Rationale for the re-pricing;
|
|
• |
|
If it is a value-for-value exchange;
|
|
• |
|
If surrendered stock options are added back to the plan
reserve;
|
|
• |
|
Term of the option—the term should remain the same as that of the
replaced option;
|
|
• |
|
Exercise price—should be set at fair market or a premium to
market;
|
|
• |
|
Participants—executive officers and directors should be
excluded.
|
Vote FOR shareholder proposals to put option repricings to a
shareholder vote.
Other Shareholder Proposals on Compensation
Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation (Frequency on
Pay)
Vote FOR annual frequency.
Stock retention holding period
Vote FOR shareholder proposals asking for a policy requiring that
senior executives retain a significant percentage of shares
acquired through equity compensation programs if the policy
requests retention for two years or less following the
termination of their employment (through retirement or otherwise)
and a holding threshold percentage of 50% or less.
Also consider:
|
• |
|
Whether the company has any holding period, retention ratio, or
officer ownership requirements in place and the terms/provisions of
awards already granted.
|
Elimination of accelerated vesting in the event of a change in
control
Vote AGAINST shareholder proposals seeking a policy eliminating the
accelerated vesting of time-based equity awards in the event of a
change-in-control.
A-7
Performance-based equity awards and pay-for-superior-performance
proposals
Generally support unless there is sufficient evidence that the
current compensation structure is already substantially
performance-based. GSAM considers performance-based awards to
include awards that are tied to shareholder return or other metrics
that are relevant to the business.
Say on Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (SERP)
Generally vote AGAINST proposals asking for shareholder votes on
SERP.
4. Director Nominees and
Proxy Access
Voting for Director Nominees (Management or Shareholder)
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on the election of directors of operating and
holding companies in contested elections, considering the following
factors:
|
• |
|
Long-term financial performance of the target company relative to
its industry;
|
|
• |
|
Management’s track record;
|
|
• |
|
Background of the nomination, in cases where there is a shareholder
nomination;
|
|
• |
|
Qualifications of director nominee(s);
|
|
• |
|
Strategic plan related to the nomination and quality of critique
against management;
|
|
• |
|
Number of boards on which the director nominee already serves;
and
|
|
• |
|
Likelihood that the board will be productive as a result.
|
Proxy Access
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on shareholder or management proposals asking for
proxy access.
GSAM may support proxy access as an important right for
shareholders of operating and holding companies and as an
alternative to costly proxy contests and as a method for GSAM to
vote for directors on an individual basis, as appropriate, rather
than voting on one slate or the other. While this could be an
important shareholder right, the following factors will be taken
into account when evaluating the shareholder proposals:
|
• |
|
The ownership thresholds, percentage and duration proposed (GSAM
generally will not support if the ownership threshold is less than
3%);
|
|
• |
|
The maximum proportion of directors that shareholders may nominate
each year (GSAM generally will not support if the proportion of
directors is greater than 25%); and
|
|
• |
|
Other restricting factors that when taken in combination could
serve to materially limit the proxy access provision.
|
GSAM will take the above factors into account when evaluating
proposals proactively adopted by the company or in response to a
shareholder proposal to adopt or amend the right. A vote against
governance committee members could result if provisions exist that
materially limit the right to proxy access.
A-8
Reimbursing Proxy Solicitation Expenses
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on proposals to reimburse proxy solicitation
expenses. When voting in conjunction with support of a dissident
slate, vote FOR the reimbursement of all appropriate proxy
solicitation expenses associated with the election.
5. Shareholders Rights and
Defenses
Shareholder Ability to Act by Written Consent
In the case of operating and holding companies, generally vote FOR
shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to
act by written consent, unless:
|
• |
|
The company already gives shareholders the right to call special
meetings at a threshold of 25% or lower; and
|
|
• |
|
The company has a history of strong governance practices.
|
Shareholder Ability to Call Special Meetings
In the case of operating and holding companies, generally vote FOR
management proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to
call special meetings.
In the case of operating and holding companies, generally vote FOR
shareholder proposals that provide shareholders with the ability to
call special meetings at a threshold of 25% or lower if the company
currently does not give shareholders the right to call special
meetings. However, if a company already gives shareholders the
right to call special meetings at a threshold of at least 25%, vote
AGAINST shareholder proposals to further reduce the
threshold.
Advance Notice Requirements for Shareholder
Proposals/Nominations
In the case of operating and holding companies, vote CASE-BY-CASE
on advance notice proposals, giving support to proposals that allow
shareholders to submit proposals/nominations reasonably close to
the meeting date and within the broadest window possible,
recognizing the need to allow sufficient notice for company,
regulatory and shareholder review.
Shareholder Voting Requirements
In the case of operating and holding companies, vote AGAINST
proposals to require a supermajority shareholder vote. Generally
vote FOR management and shareholder proposals to reduce
supermajority vote requirements.
Poison Pills
Vote FOR shareholder proposals requesting that the company submit
its poison pill to a shareholder vote or redeem it, unless the
company has:
|
• |
|
a shareholder-approved poison pill in place; or
|
|
• |
|
adopted a policy concerning the adoption of a pill in the future
specifying certain shareholder friendly provisions.
|
A-9
Vote FOR shareholder proposals calling for poison pills to be put
to a vote within a time period of less than one year after
adoption.
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on management proposals on poison pill
ratification, focusing on the features of the shareholder rights
plan.
In addition, the rationale for adopting the pill should be
thoroughly explained by the company. In examining the request for
the pill, take into consideration the company’s existing governance
structure, including: board independence, existing takeover
defenses, and any problematic governance concerns.
6. Mergers and Corporate
Restructurings
Vote CASE-BY-CASE on mergers and acquisitions taking into account
the following based on publicly available information:
|
• |
|
Management’s track record of successful integration of historical
acquisitions;
|
|
• |
|
Presence of conflicts of interest; and
|
|
• |
|
Governance profile of the combined company.
|
7. State of
Incorporation
Reincorporation Proposals
GSAM may support management proposals to reincorporate as long as
the reincorporation would not substantially diminish shareholder
rights. GSAM may not support shareholder proposals for
reincorporation unless the current state of incorporation is
substantially less shareholder friendly than the proposed
reincorporation, there is a strong economic case to reincorporate
or the company has a history of making decisions that are not
shareholder friendly.
Exclusive venue for shareholder lawsuits
Generally vote FOR on exclusive venue proposals, taking into
account:
|
• |
|
Whether the company has been materially harmed by shareholder
litigation outside its jurisdiction of incorporation, based on
disclosure in the company’s proxy statement;
|
|
• |
|
Whether the company has the following good governance features:
|
|
¡ |
|
Majority independent board;
|
|
¡ |
|
Independent key committees;
|
|
¡ |
|
An annually elected board;
|
|
¡ |
|
A majority vote standard in uncontested director elections;
|
A-10
|
¡ |
|
The absence of a poison pill, unless the pill was approved by
shareholders; and/or
|
|
¡ |
|
Separate Chairman CEO role or, if combined, an independent chairman
with clearly delineated duties.
|
8. Capital Structure
Common and Preferred Stock Authorization
Generally vote FOR proposals to increase the number of shares of
common stock authorized for issuance. Generally vote FOR proposals
to increase the number of shares of preferred stock, as long as
there is a commitment to not use the shares for anti-takeover
purposes.
9. Environmental, Social,
Governance (ESG) Issues
Overall Approach
GSAM recognizes that Environmental, Social and Governance (ESG)
factors can affect investment performance, expose potential
investment risks and provide an indication of management excellence
and leadership. When evaluating ESG proxy issues, GSAM balances the
purpose of a proposal with the overall benefit to shareholders.